blob: 44e87dab4915d63bb50020ccb1c683e0b85ab8ac [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreauc82a9e52009-10-12 06:40:53 +02007 2009/10/12
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
505. Server options
51
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
105to one and only one response. Traditionnally, a TCP connection is established
106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
159 number
160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
205
206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
257 number
258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200262As a special case, HTTP supports so called "Informational responses" as status
263codes 1xx. These messages are special in that they don't convey any part of the
264response, they're just used as sort of a signaling message to ask a client to
265continue to post its request for instance. The requested information will be
266carried by the next non-1xx response message following the informational one.
267This implies that multiple responses may be sent to a single request, and that
268this only works when keep-alive is enabled (1xx messages are HTTP/1.1 only).
269HAProxy handles these messages and is able to correctly forward and skip them,
270and only process the next non-1xx response. As such, these messages are neither
271logged nor transformed, unless explicitly state otherwise.
272
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200273
2741.3.1. The Response line
275------------------------
276
277Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
278
279 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
280 - a status code : 200
281 - a reason : OK
282
283The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200284 - 1xx = informational message to be skipped (eg: 100, 101)
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200285 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
286 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
287 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
288 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
289
290Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
291"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
292found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
293messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
294or "Authentication Required".
295
296Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
297
298 Code When / reason
299 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
300 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
301 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
302 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
303 400 for an invalid or too large request
304 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
305 accessing the stats page)
306 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
307 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
308 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
309 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
310 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
311 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
312 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
313 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
314 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
315
316The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3174.2).
318
319
3201.3.2. The response headers
321---------------------------
322
323Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
324the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
325details.
326
327
3282. Configuring HAProxy
329----------------------
330
3312.1. Configuration file format
332------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200333
334HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
335
336 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
337 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
338 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
339 "frontend" and "backend".
340
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100341The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
342referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
343delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
344preceeded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
345escaped by doubling them.
346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200347
3482.2. Time format
349----------------
350
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100351Some parameters involve values representating time, such as timeouts. These
352values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
353otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
354numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
355for every keyword. Supported units are :
356
357 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
358 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
359 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
360 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
361 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
362 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
363
364
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003653. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200366--------------------
367
368Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
369are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
370of them have command-line equivalents.
371
372The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
373
374 * Process management and security
375 - chroot
376 - daemon
377 - gid
378 - group
379 - log
380 - nbproc
381 - pidfile
382 - uid
383 - ulimit-n
384 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200385 - stats
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200386 - node
387 - description
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200388
389 * Performance tuning
390 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100391 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200392 - noepoll
393 - nokqueue
394 - nopoll
395 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100396 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200397 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200398 - tune.bufsize
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100399 - tune.maxaccept
400 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200401 - tune.maxrewrite
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200402
403 * Debugging
404 - debug
405 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200406
407
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004083.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200409------------------------------------
410
411chroot <jail dir>
412 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
413 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
414 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
415 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
416 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
417 empty and unwritable to anyone.
418
419daemon
420 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
421 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
422 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
423
424gid <number>
425 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
426 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
427 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
428 See also "group" and "uid".
429
430group <group name>
431 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
432 See also "gid" and "user".
433
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200434log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200435 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
436 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100437 configured with "log global".
438
439 <address> can be one of:
440
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100441 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100442 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
443 port).
444
445 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
446 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
447 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
448 writeable).
449
450 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200451
452 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
453 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
454 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
455
456 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200457 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
458 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
459 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
460 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
461 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
462 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200463
464 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
465
466nbproc <number>
467 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
468 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
469 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
470 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
471 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
472
473pidfile <pidfile>
474 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
475 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
476 starting the process. See also "daemon".
477
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200478stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200479 [level <level>]
480
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200481 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
482 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200483 will return various statictics outputs and even allow some commands to be
484 issued. Please consult section 9.2 "Unix Socket commands" for more details.
485
486 An optional "level" parameter can be specified to restrict the nature of
487 the commands that can be issued on the socket :
488 - "user" is the least privileged level ; only non-sensitive stats can be
489 read, and no change is allowed. It would make sense on systems where it
490 is not easy to restrict access to the socket.
491
492 - "operator" is the default level and fits most common uses. All data can
493 be read, and only non-sensible changes are permitted (eg: clear max
494 counters).
495
496 - "admin" should be used with care, as everything is permitted (eg: clear
497 all counters).
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100498
499 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
500 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
501 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
502 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
503 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
504 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
505 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200506
507stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
508 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
509 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100510 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200511
512stats maxconn <connections>
513 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
514 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
515
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200516uid <number>
517 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
518 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
519 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
520 one. See also "gid" and "user".
521
522ulimit-n <number>
523 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
524 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
525 option.
526
527user <user name>
528 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
529 See also "uid" and "group".
530
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200531node <name>
532 Only letters, digits, hyphen and underscore are allowed, like in DNS names.
533
534 This statement is useful in HA configurations where two or more processes or
535 servers share the same IP address. By setting a different node-name on all
536 nodes, it becomes easy to immediately spot what server is handling the
537 traffic.
538
539description <text>
540 Add a text that describes the instance.
541
542 Please note that it is required to escape certain characters (# for example)
543 and this text is inserted into a html page so you should avoid using
544 "<" and ">" characters.
545
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200546
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005473.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200548-----------------------
549
550maxconn <number>
551 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
552 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
553 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
554 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
555
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100556maxpipes <number>
557 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
558 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
559 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
560 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
561 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
562 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
563
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200564noepoll
565 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
566 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
567 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
568
569nokqueue
570 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
571 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
572 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
573
574nopoll
575 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
576 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100577 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200578 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
579 "nokqueue".
580
581nosepoll
582 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
583 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
584 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
585
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100586nosplice
587 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
588 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
589 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
590 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most verstions between
591 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
592 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
593 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
594 "option splice-response".
595
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200596spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
597 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
598 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
599 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
600 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
601 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
602
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200603tune.bufsize <number>
604 Sets the buffer size to this size (in bytes). Lower values allow more
605 sessions to coexist in the same amount of RAM, and higher values allow some
606 applications with very large cookies to work. The default value is 16384 and
607 can be changed at build time. It is strongly recommended not to change this
608 from the default value, as very low values will break some services such as
609 statistics, and values larger than default size will increase memory usage,
610 possibly causing the system to run out of memory. At least the global maxconn
611 parameter should be decreased by the same factor as this one is increased.
612
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100613tune.maxaccept <number>
614 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
615 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
616 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100617 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100618 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
619 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100620 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100621 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
622
623tune.maxpollevents <number>
624 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
625 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
626 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
627 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
628 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
629
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200630tune.maxrewrite <number>
631 Sets the reserved buffer space to this size in bytes. The reserved space is
632 used for header rewriting or appending. The first reads on sockets will never
633 fill more than bufsize-maxrewrite. Historically it has defaulted to half of
634 bufsize, though that does not make much sense since there are rarely large
635 numbers of headers to add. Setting it too high prevents processing of large
636 requests or responses. Setting it too low prevents addition of new headers
637 to already large requests or to POST requests. It is generally wise to set it
638 to about 1024. It is automatically readjusted to half of bufsize if it is
639 larger than that. This means you don't have to worry about it when changing
640 bufsize.
641
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200642
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006433.3. Debugging
644--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200645
646debug
647 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
648 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
649 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
650 system startup.
651
652quiet
653 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
654 line argument "-q".
655
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200656
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006574. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200658----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100659
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200660Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
661 - defaults <name>
662 - frontend <name>
663 - backend <name>
664 - listen <name>
665
666A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
667its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
668section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100669section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200670
671A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
672connections.
673
674A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
675to forward incoming connections.
676
677A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
678parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
679
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100680All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
681'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
682case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
683
684Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
685logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
686proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
687However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
688name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
689
690Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
691and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
692bidirectionnal traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
693protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
694modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
695arbitrary criteria.
696
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100697
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006984.1. Proxy keywords matrix
699--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100700
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200701The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
702limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
703they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
704limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200705listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200706option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200707and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
708with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
709specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100710
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200711
712keyword defaults frontend listen backend
713----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
714acl - X X X
715appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100716backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100717balance X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200718bind - X X -
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100719bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200720block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100721capture cookie - X X -
722capture request header - X X -
723capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100724clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100725contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200726cookie X - X X
727default_backend - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200728description - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100729disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200730dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100731enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200732errorfile X X X X
733errorloc X X X X
734errorloc302 X X X X
735errorloc303 X X X X
736fullconn X - X X
737grace - X X X
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200738hash-type X - X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100739http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +0200740id - X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200741log X X X X
742maxconn X X X -
743mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100744monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200745monitor-net X X X -
746monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100747[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200748[no] option accept-invalid-
749 http-request X X X -
750[no] option accept-invalid-
751 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100752[no] option allbackups X - X X
753[no] option checkcache X - X X
754[no] option clitcpka X X X -
755[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200756[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100757[no] option dontlognull X X X -
758[no] option forceclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200759option forwardfor X X X X
760option httpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100761[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200762option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200763[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +0200764[no] option independant-
765 streams X X X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki213014e2009-09-27 15:50:02 +0200766[no] option log-health- X - X X
767 checks
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +0200768[no] option log-separate-
769 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100770[no] option logasap X X X -
771[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200772option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100773[no] option persist X - X X
774[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200775option smtpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +0200776[no] option socket-stats X X X -
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100777[no] option splice-auto X X X X
778[no] option splice-request X X X X
779[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100780[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200781option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200782[no] option tcp-smart-
783 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau39bb9be2009-10-17 16:04:09 +0200784[no] option tcp-smart-
785 connect X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200786option tcpka X X X X
787option tcplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100788[no] option transparent X - X X
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200789persist rdp-cookie X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100790rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200791redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100792redisp X - X X (deprecated)
793redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200794reqadd - X X X
795reqallow - X X X
796reqdel - X X X
797reqdeny - X X X
798reqiallow - X X X
799reqidel - X X X
800reqideny - X X X
801reqipass - X X X
802reqirep - X X X
803reqisetbe - X X X
804reqitarpit - X X X
805reqpass - X X X
806reqrep - X X X
807reqsetbe - X X X
808reqtarpit - X X X
809retries X - X X
810rspadd - X X X
811rspdel - X X X
812rspdeny - X X X
813rspidel - X X X
814rspideny - X X X
815rspirep - X X X
816rsprep - X X X
817server - - X X
818source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100819srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200820stats auth X - X X
821stats enable X - X X
822stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200823stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200824stats scope X - X X
825stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200826stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200827tcp-request content accept - X X -
828tcp-request content reject - X X -
829tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100830timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100831timeout client X X X -
832timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
833timeout connect X - X X
834timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200835timeout http-request X X X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100836timeout queue X - X X
837timeout server X - X X
838timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100839timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100840transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200841use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200842----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
843keyword defaults frontend listen backend
844
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100845
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02008464.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
847---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100848
849This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
850
851
852acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
853 Declare or complete an access list.
854 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
855 no | yes | yes | yes
856 Example:
857 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
858 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
859 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
860
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200861 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100862
863
Cyril Bontébf47aeb2009-10-15 00:15:40 +0200864appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime> [request-learn]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100865 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
866 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
867 no | no | yes | yes
868 Arguments :
869 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
870 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
871
872 <length> this is the number of characters that will be memorized and
873 checked in each cookie value.
874
875 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
876 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
877 milliseconds.
878
Cyril Bontébf47aeb2009-10-15 00:15:40 +0200879 request-learn
880 If this option is specified, then haproxy will be able to learn
881 the cookie found in the request in case the server does not
882 specify any in response. This is typically what happens with
883 PHPSESSID cookies, or when haproxy's session expires before
884 the application's session and the correct server is selected.
885 It is recommended to specify this option to improve reliability.
886
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100887 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
888 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
889 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
890 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
891 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter in the query
892 string. If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the server
893 associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
894 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
895 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
896
897 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
898
899 Example :
900 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
901
902 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance".
903
904
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100905backlog <conns>
906 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
907 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
908 yes | yes | yes | no
909 Arguments :
910 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
911 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
912 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
913
914 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
915 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
916 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
917 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
918 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
919 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
920 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
921 backlog parameter.
922
923 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
924 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
925 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
926
927 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
928
929
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100930balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200931balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100932 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
933 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
934 yes | no | yes | yes
935 Arguments :
936 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
937 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
938 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
939 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
940
941 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
942 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
943 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
944 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
Willy Tarreau9757a382009-10-03 12:56:50 +0200945 on the fly for slow starts for instance. It is limited by
946 design to 4128 active servers per backend. Note that in some
947 large farms, when a server becomes up after having been down
948 for a very short time, it may sometimes take a few hundreds
949 requests for it to be re-integrated into the farm and start
950 receiving traffic. This is normal, though very rare. It is
951 indicated here in case you would have the chance to observe
952 it, so that you don't worry.
953
954 static-rr Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
955 This algorithm is as similar to roundrobin except that it is
956 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
957 fly will have no effect. On the other hand, it has no design
958 limitation on the number of servers, and when a server goes
959 up, it is always immediately reintroduced into the farm, once
960 the full map is recomputed. It also uses slightly less CPU to
961 run (around -1%).
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100962
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100963 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
964 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
965 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
966 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
967 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
968 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
969 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
970 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
971
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100972 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
973 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
974 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
975 address will always reach the same server as long as no
976 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
977 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
978 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
979 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
980 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickyness
981 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200982 static by default, which means that changing a server's
983 weight on the fly will have no effect, but this can be
984 changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100985
986 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
987 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
988 result designates which server will receive the request. This
989 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
990 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
991 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
992 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200993 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static by default,
994 which means that changing a server's weight on the fly will
995 have no effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100996
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200997 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
998 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
999 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
1000 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
1001 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
1002 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
1003 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
1004 URIs start with a leading "/".
1005
1006 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
1007 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
1008 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
1009 evaluation stops when either is reached.
1010
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001011 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001012 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
1013
1014 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
1015 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
1016 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
1017 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
1018 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
1019 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
1020 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
1021 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
1022 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
1023 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
1024 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
1025 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
1026 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
1027 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
1028 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
1029 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
1030 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
1031 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
1032 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
1033 be randomly balanced if at all.
1034
1035 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
1036 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
1037 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
1038 server will receive the request.
1039
1040 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
1041 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
1042 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
1043 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
1044 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001045 backend. This algorithm is static by default, which means
1046 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
1047 effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001048
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001049 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
1050 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
1051 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
1052 absent or if it does not contain any value, the round-robin
1053 algorithm is applied instead.
1054
1055 An optionnal 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
1056 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
1057 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
1058 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
1059
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001060 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1061 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1062 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1063
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001064 rdp-cookie
1065 rdp-cookie(name)
1066 The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be
1067 looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as
1068 with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name
1069 is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded
1070 persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the
1071 same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the
1072 cookie is not found, the normal round-robind algorithm is
1073 used instead.
1074
1075 Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an
1076 RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this
1077 you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with
1078 a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL.
1079
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001080 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1081 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1082 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1083
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001084 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001085 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
1086 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001087
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001088 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001089 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001090
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +01001091 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
1092 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
1093 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001094
1095 Examples :
1096 balance roundrobin
1097 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001098 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001099 balance hdr(User-Agent)
1100 balance hdr(host)
1101 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001102
1103 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
1104 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
1105
1106 - all POST requests are eligable for consideration, because there is no way
1107 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
1108 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
1109 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
1110 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
1111
1112 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
1113 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
1114 defaults to 16 kB.
1115
1116 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
1117 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
1118
1119 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
1120 Round Robin.
1121
1122 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
1123 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
1124 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1125 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1126
1127 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1128
1129 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
1130 contents of a message body. Scaning normally terminates when linear
1131 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1132 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1133 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001134
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001135 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent", "hash-type" and
1136 "http_proxy".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001137
1138
1139bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001140bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001141bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001142bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001143bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] id <id>
1144bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] name <name>
Willy Tarreaucb6cd432009-10-13 07:34:14 +02001145bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] defer_accept
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001146 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1147 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1148 no | yes | yes | no
1149 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001150 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1151 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1152 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1153 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1154 special address "0.0.0.0".
1155
1156 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1157 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1158 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001159
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001160 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1161 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1162 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1163 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1164 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1165 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1166 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1167 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1168 privileges.
1169
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001170 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1171 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1172 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1173 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1174 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1175 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1176 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1177 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1178
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001179 <id> is a persistent value for socket ID. Must be positive and
1180 unique in the proxy. An unused value will automatically be
1181 assigned if unset. Can only be used when defining only a
1182 single socket.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001183
1184 <name> is an optional name provided for stats
1185
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001186 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1187 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1188 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
1189 targetting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
1190 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1191 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1192 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1193 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1194 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001195
Willy Tarreaucb6cd432009-10-13 07:34:14 +02001196 defer_accept is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1197 Linux kernels. It states that a connection will only be
1198 accepted once some data arrive on it, or at worst after the
1199 first retransmit. This should be used only on protocols for
1200 which the client talks first (eg: HTTP). It can slightly
1201 improve performance by ensuring that most of the request is
1202 already available when the connection is accepted. On the
1203 other hand, it will not be able to detect connections which
1204 don't talk. It is important to note that this option is
1205 broken in all kernels up to 2.6.31, as the connection is
1206 never accepted until the client talks. This can cause issues
1207 with front firewalls which would see an established
1208 connection while the proxy will only see it in SYN_RECV.
1209
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001210 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1211 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1212 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1213 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1214 in a frontend.
1215
1216 Example :
1217 listen http_proxy
1218 bind :80,:443
1219 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1220
1221 See also : "source".
1222
1223
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001224bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1225 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1226 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1227 yes | yes | yes | yes
1228 Arguments :
1229 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1230 may be used to override a default value.
1231
1232 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1233 option may be combined with other numbers.
1234
1235 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1236 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1237 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1238 missing from all processes.
1239
1240 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1241 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1242 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1243 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1244
1245 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1246 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1247 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1248 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1249 and 'even' instances.
1250
1251 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1252 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1253 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1254 32.
1255
1256 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1257 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1258
1259 Example :
1260 listen app_ip1
1261 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1262 bind_process odd
1263
1264 listen app_ip2
1265 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1266 bind_process even
1267
1268 listen management
1269 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1270 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1271
1272 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1273
1274
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001275block { if | unless } <condition>
1276 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1277 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1278 no | yes | yes | yes
1279
1280 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1281 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001282 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001283 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1284 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1285 "block" statements per instance.
1286
1287 Example:
1288 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1289 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1290 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1291 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1292
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001293 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001294
1295
1296capture cookie <name> len <length>
1297 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1298 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1299 no | yes | yes | no
1300 Arguments :
1301 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1302 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1303 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1304 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1305 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1306
1307 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1308 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1309 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1310 right if it exceeds <length>.
1311
1312 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1313 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1314 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1315 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1316
1317 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1318 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1319 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1320
1321 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1322 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1323 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1324 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
1325 configured in the souces by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
1326 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1327
1328 Example:
1329 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1330
1331 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001332 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001333
1334
1335capture request header <name> len <length>
1336 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1337 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1338 no | yes | yes | no
1339 Arguments :
1340 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001341 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001342 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1343 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1344 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1345
1346 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1347 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1348 it exceeds <length>.
1349
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001350 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001351 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1352 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001353 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1354 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1355 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1356 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
1357 differenciate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
1358 environments to find where the request came from.
1359
1360 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1361 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1362 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1363 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001364
1365 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1366 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1367 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1368 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1369
1370 Example:
1371 capture request header Host len 15
1372 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1373 capture request header Referrer len 15
1374
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001375 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001376 about logging.
1377
1378
1379capture response header <name> len <length>
1380 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1381 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1382 no | yes | yes | no
1383 Arguments :
1384 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001385 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001386 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1387 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1388 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1389
1390 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1391 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1392 it exceeds <length>.
1393
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001394 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001395 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1396 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1397 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001398 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1399 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1400 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1401 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001402
1403 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1404 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1405 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1406 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1407
1408 Example:
1409 capture response header Content-length len 9
1410 capture response header Location len 15
1411
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001412 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001413 about logging.
1414
1415
1416clitimeout <timeout>
1417 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1418 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1419 yes | yes | yes | no
1420 Arguments :
1421 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1422 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1423 as explained at the top of this document.
1424
1425 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1426 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1427 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1428 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1429 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1430 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1431 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1432 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001433 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001434 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1435 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1436
1437 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1438 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1439 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1440 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1441 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1442 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1443
1444 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1445 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1446
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001447 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1448 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001449
1450
1451contimeout <timeout>
1452 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1453 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1454 yes | no | yes | yes
1455 Arguments :
1456 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1457 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1458 as explained at the top of this document.
1459
1460 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001461 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001462 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
1463 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1464 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1465 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1466 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1467
1468 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1469 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1470 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1471 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1472 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1473 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1474
1475 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1476 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1477 instead.
1478
1479 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1480 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1481
1482
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001483cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
1484 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001485 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1486 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1487 yes | no | yes | yes
1488 Arguments :
1489 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1490 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1491 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1492 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1493 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1494 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1495 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1496 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1497 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1498
1499 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1500 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1501 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1502 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1503 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1504 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1505 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1506 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1507 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1508 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1509 "insert" and "prefix".
1510
1511 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1512 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1513 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1514 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1515 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1516 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1517 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1518 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1519 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1520
1521 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1522 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1523 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1524 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1525 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1526 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1527 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1528 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1529 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1530 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1531 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1532
1533 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1534 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1535 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1536 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1537 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1538 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1539 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1540 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1541 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1542 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1543
1544 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1545 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1546 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1547 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1548 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1549 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1550 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1551 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1552 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1553
1554 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1555 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1556 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1557 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1558 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1559 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1560 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1561 persistence cookie in the cache.
1562 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1563
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001564 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
1565 inserted. It requires exactly one paramater: a valid domain
1566 name.
1567
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001568 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1569 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1570 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1571 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001572
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001573 Examples :
1574 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1575 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1576 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1577
1578 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1579
1580
1581default_backend <backend>
1582 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1583 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1584 yes | yes | yes | no
1585 Arguments :
1586 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1587
1588 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1589 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1590 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1591 will catch all undetermined requests.
1592
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001593 Example :
1594
1595 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1596 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1597 default_backend dynamic
1598
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001599 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1600
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001601
1602disabled
1603 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1604 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1605 yes | yes | yes | yes
1606 Arguments : none
1607
1608 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1609 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1610 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1611 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1612 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1613 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1614 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1615
1616 See also : "enabled"
1617
1618
1619enabled
1620 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1621 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1622 yes | yes | yes | yes
1623 Arguments : none
1624
1625 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1626 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1627
1628 See also : "disabled"
1629
1630
1631errorfile <code> <file>
1632 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1633 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1634 yes | yes | yes | yes
1635 Arguments :
1636 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1637 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1638
1639 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001640 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001641 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001642 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1643 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001644
1645 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1646 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1647 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1648
1649 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1650 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1651 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1652 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1653
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001654 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1655 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1656 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1657 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1658 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1659 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1660
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001661 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1662 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1663 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001664 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001665 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1666
1667 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1668
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001669 Example :
1670 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1671 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1672 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1673
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001674
1675errorloc <code> <url>
1676errorloc302 <code> <url>
1677 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1678 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1679 yes | yes | yes | yes
1680 Arguments :
1681 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1682 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1683
1684 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1685 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1686 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1687 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1688 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1689
1690 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1691 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1692 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1693
1694 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1695 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1696 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1697 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1698 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1699 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1700 request.
1701
1702 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1703
1704
1705errorloc303 <code> <url>
1706 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1707 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1708 yes | yes | yes | yes
1709 Arguments :
1710 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1711 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1712
1713 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1714 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1715 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1716 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1717 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1718
1719 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1720 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1721 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1722
1723 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1724 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1725 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1726 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001727 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001728
1729 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1730
1731
1732fullconn <conns>
1733 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1734 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1735 yes | no | yes | yes
1736 Arguments :
1737 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1738 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1739
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001740 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001741 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001742 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001743 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1744 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1745 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1746 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1747 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
1748 exceptionnal loads.
1749
1750 Example :
1751 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1752 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1753 # connections.
1754 backend dynamic
1755 fullconn 10000
1756 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1757 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1758
1759 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1760
1761
1762grace <time>
1763 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1764 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1765 no | yes | yes | yes
1766 Arguments :
1767 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1768 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1769 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1770
1771 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1772 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
1773 external equipement fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
1774 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1775
1776 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1777 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1778 simplify it.
1779
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001780
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001781hash-type <method>
1782 Specify a method to use for mapping hashes to servers
1783 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1784 yes | no | yes | yes
1785 Arguments :
1786 map-based the hash table is a static array containing all alive servers.
1787 The hashes will be very smooth, will consider weights, but will
1788 be static in that weight changes while a server is up will be
1789 ignored. This means that there will be no slow start. Also,
1790 since a server is selected by its position in the array, most
1791 mappings are changed when the server count changes. This means
1792 that when a server goes up or down, or when a server is added
1793 to a farm, most connections will be redistributed to different
1794 servers. This can be inconvenient with caches for instance.
1795
1796 consistent the hash table is a tree filled with many occurrences of each
1797 server. The hash key is looked up in the tree and the closest
1798 server is chosen. This hash is dynamic, it supports changing
1799 weights while the servers are up, so it is compatible with the
1800 slow start feature. It has the advantage that when a server
1801 goes up or down, only its associations are moved. When a server
1802 is added to the farm, only a few part of the mappings are
1803 redistributed, making it an ideal algorithm for caches.
1804 However, due to its principle, the algorithm will never be very
1805 smooth and it may sometimes be necessary to adjust a server's
1806 weight or its ID to get a more balanced distribution. In order
1807 to get the same distribution on multiple load balancers, it is
1808 important that all servers have the same IDs.
1809
1810 The default hash type is "map-based" and is recommended for most usages.
1811
1812 See also : "balance", "server"
1813
1814
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001815http-check disable-on-404
1816 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1817 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001818 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001819 Arguments : none
1820
1821 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1822 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1823 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1824 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1825 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1826 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1827 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1828 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1829 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1830
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001831 See also : "option httpchk"
1832
1833
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001834id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001835 Set a persistent ID to a proxy.
1836 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1837 no | yes | yes | yes
1838 Arguments : none
1839
1840 Set a persistent ID for the proxy. This ID must be unique and positive.
1841 An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first assigned
1842 value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001843
1844
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001845log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001846log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001847 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1848 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1849 yes | yes | yes | yes
1850 Arguments :
1851 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1852 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1853 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1854 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1855 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1856 parameter.
1857
1858 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1859 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1860
1861 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1862 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1863 standard syslog port).
1864
1865 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1866 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1867 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1868 appropriately writeable).
1869
1870 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1871
1872 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1873 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1874 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1875
1876 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1877 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1878 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001879 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1880 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1881 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1882 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1883 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001884
1885 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1886
1887 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1888 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1889 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1890
1891 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001892 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1893 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1894 "info".
1895
1896 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1897 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1898 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1899 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1900
1901 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1902 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001903
1904 Example :
1905 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001906 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1907 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001908
1909
1910maxconn <conns>
1911 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1912 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1913 yes | yes | yes | no
1914 Arguments :
1915 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1916 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1917 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1918 closes.
1919
1920 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1921 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1922 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1923 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1924 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1925 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1926 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1927 properly tuned.
1928
1929 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1930 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1931 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1932
1933 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1934
1935
1936mode { tcp|http|health }
1937 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1938 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1939 yes | yes | yes | yes
1940 Arguments :
1941 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1942 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1943 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1944 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1945
1946 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1947 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1948 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1949 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1950 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1951
1952 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
1953 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
1954 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
1955 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
1956 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
1957 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
1958
1959 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
1960 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
1961 will be refused.
1962
1963 Example :
1964 defaults http_instances
1965 mode http
1966
1967 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
1968
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001969
1970monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001971 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001972 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1973 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001974 Arguments :
1975 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
1976 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
1977 combinated test which must induce a failure if all conditions
1978 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
1979 backend and its backup.
1980
1981 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
1982 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
1983 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
1984 servers in a list of backends.
1985
1986 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
1987 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
1988 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
1989 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
1990 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
1991 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
1992 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001993 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001994
1995 Example:
1996 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001997 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001998 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
1999 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
2000 monitor-uri /site_alive
2001 monitor fail if site_dead
2002
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002003 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
2004
2005
2006monitor-net <source>
2007 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
2008 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2009 yes | yes | yes | no
2010 Arguments :
2011 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
2012 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
2013 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
2014 followed by a mask.
2015
2016 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
2017 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
2018 equipement to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
2019 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
2020
2021 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
2022 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
2023 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
2024 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
2025 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
2026
2027 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2028 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2029 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2030 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
2031 requests caught by "monitor-net".
2032
2033 Example :
2034 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
2035 frontend www
2036 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
2037
2038 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
2039
2040
2041monitor-uri <uri>
2042 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
2043 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2044 yes | yes | yes | no
2045 Arguments :
2046 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
2047 health status instead of forwarding the request.
2048
2049 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
2050 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
2051 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
2052 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
2053 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
2054 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
2055 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
2056 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
2057
2058 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2059 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2060 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2061 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
2062 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
2063 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
2064
2065 Example :
2066 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
2067 frontend www
2068 mode http
2069 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
2070
2071 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
2072
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002073
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002074option abortonclose
2075no option abortonclose
2076 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
2077 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2078 yes | no | yes | yes
2079 Arguments : none
2080
2081 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
2082 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
2083 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
2084 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002085 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002086 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
2087 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
2088 encountered while delivering the response.
2089
2090 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
2091 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
2092 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
2093 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
2094 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
2095 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
2096 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
2097 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002098 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002099 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
2100 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
2101 still not served and not pollute the servers.
2102
2103 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
2104 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
2105 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
2106 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
2107 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
2108 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
2109 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
2110 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
2111 reduces the response time for other users.
2112
2113 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2114 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2115
2116 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
2117
2118
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02002119option accept-invalid-http-request
2120no option accept-invalid-http-request
2121 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
2122 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2123 yes | yes | yes | no
2124 Arguments : none
2125
2126 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2127 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2128 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2129 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2130 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2131 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2132 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2133 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2134 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2135
2136 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2137 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2138 been confirmed.
2139
2140 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2141 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
2142 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
2143 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2144
2145 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2146 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2147
2148 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
2149 stats socket.
2150
2151
2152option accept-invalid-http-response
2153no option accept-invalid-http-response
2154 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
2155 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2156 yes | no | yes | yes
2157 Arguments : none
2158
2159 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2160 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2161 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2162 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2163 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2164 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2165 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2166 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2167 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2168
2169 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2170 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2171 been confirmed.
2172
2173 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2174 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
2175 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
2176 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2177
2178 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2179 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2180
2181 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
2182 stats socket.
2183
2184
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002185option allbackups
2186no option allbackups
2187 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
2188 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2189 yes | no | yes | yes
2190 Arguments : none
2191
2192 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2193 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2194 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2195 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2196 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2197 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2198 order between the backup servers anymore.
2199
2200 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2201 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2202
2203 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2204 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2205
2206
2207option checkcache
2208no option checkcache
2209 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cachable cookies
2210 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2211 yes | no | yes | yes
2212 Arguments : none
2213
2214 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2215 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
2216 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cachable object, there is a
2217 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2218 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2219 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2220
2221 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
2222 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cachability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002223 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002224 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2225 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002226 to the client are :
2227 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002228 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002229 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002230 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2231 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2232 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2233 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2234 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2235 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2236 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2237 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2238 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2239 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2240 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2241
2242 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002243 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002244 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
2245 during headers processing. Additionnaly, an alert will be sent in the logs so
2246 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2247
2248 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2249 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002250 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002251 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2252
2253 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2254 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2255
2256
2257option clitcpka
2258no option clitcpka
2259 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2260 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2261 yes | yes | yes | no
2262 Arguments : none
2263
2264 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2265 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2266 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2267 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2268
2269 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2270 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2271 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2272 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2273
2274 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2275 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2276 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2277 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2278 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2279
2280 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2281
2282 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2283 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2284 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2285
2286 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2287 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2288
2289 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2290
2291
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002292option contstats
2293 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2294 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2295 yes | yes | yes | no
2296 Arguments : none
2297
2298 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2299 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2300 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2301 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2302 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2303 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2304 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2305
2306
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002307option dontlog-normal
2308no option dontlog-normal
2309 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2310 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2311 yes | yes | yes | no
2312 Arguments : none
2313
2314 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2315 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2316 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2317 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2318 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2319 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2320 logged.
2321
2322 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2323 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2324 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2325
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002326 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002327 logging.
2328
2329
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002330option dontlognull
2331no option dontlognull
2332 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2333 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2334 yes | yes | yes | no
2335 Arguments : none
2336
2337 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2338 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2339 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2340 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2341 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2342 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2343 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2344
2345 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2346 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2347 would not be logged.
2348
2349 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2350 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2351
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002352 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002353
2354
2355option forceclose
2356no option forceclose
2357 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2358 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2359 yes | no | yes | yes
2360 Arguments : none
2361
2362 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2363 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2364 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2365 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2366 global session times in the logs.
2367
2368 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
2369 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server begins to
2370 reply and only if the request buffer is empty. Note that this should NOT be
2371 used if CONNECT requests are expected between the client and the server. This
2372 option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option.
2373
2374 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2375 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2376
2377 See also : "option httpclose"
2378
2379
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002380option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002381 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2382 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2383 yes | yes | yes | yes
2384 Arguments :
2385 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2386 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002387 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
2388 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002389
2390 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2391 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2392 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2393 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2394 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2395 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2396 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002397 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2398 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2399 possible that the client has already brought one.
2400
2401 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2402 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
2403 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2404 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
2405 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2406 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002407
2408 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2409 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2410 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2411 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2412 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2413 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2414 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2415
2416 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002417 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2418 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2419 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002420
2421 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2422 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2423 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2424 when using this option.
2425
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002426 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002427 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2428 frontend www
2429 mode http
2430 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2431
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002432 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2433 backend www
2434 mode http
2435 option forwardfor header X-Client
2436
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002437 See also : "option httpclose"
2438
2439
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002440option httpchk
2441option httpchk <uri>
2442option httpchk <method> <uri>
2443option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2444 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2445 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2446 yes | no | yes | yes
2447 Arguments :
2448 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2449 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2450 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2451 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2452 ones.
2453
2454 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2455 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2456 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2457
2458 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2459 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2460 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2461 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2462 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2463
2464 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2465 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2466 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2467 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2468 the lack of any response.
2469
2470 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2471
2472 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2473 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2474 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2475
2476 Examples :
2477 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2478 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2479 backend https_relay
2480 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002481 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002482 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2483
2484 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the
2485 "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
2486
2487
2488option httpclose
2489no option httpclose
2490 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2491 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2492 yes | yes | yes | yes
2493 Arguments : none
2494
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002495 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002496 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2497 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2498 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2499 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2500 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2501 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2502 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2503 be removed.
2504
2505 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
2506 close the connection eventough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2507 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this
2508 happens it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes
2509 the request connection once the server responds.
2510
2511 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2512 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2513 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
2514
2515 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2516 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2517
2518 See also : "option forceclose"
2519
2520
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002521option httplog [ clf ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002522 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2523 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2524 yes | yes | yes | yes
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002525 Arguments :
2526 clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be
2527 the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can
2528 use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific
2529 log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not
2530 extensible.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002531
2532 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2533 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2534 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2535 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2536 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2537 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2538 ports.
2539
2540 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2541
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002542 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2543 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying
2544 only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set
2545 by default.
2546
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002547 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002548
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002549
2550option http_proxy
2551no option http_proxy
2552 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2553 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2554 yes | yes | yes | yes
2555 Arguments : none
2556
2557 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2558 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2559 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2560 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2561 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2562
2563 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2564 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2565 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2566 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2567 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2568 be analyzed.
2569
2570 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2571 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2572
2573 Example :
2574 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2575 backend direct_forward
2576 option httpclose
2577 option http_proxy
2578
2579 See also : "option httpclose"
2580
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002581
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +02002582option independant-streams
2583no option independant-streams
2584 Enable or disable independant timeout processing for both directions
2585 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2586 yes | yes | yes | yes
2587 Arguments : none
2588
2589 By default, when data is sent over a socket, both the write timeout and the
2590 read timeout for that socket are refreshed, because we consider that there is
2591 activity on that socket, and we have no other means of guessing if we should
2592 receive data or not.
2593
2594 While this default behaviour is desirable for almost all applications, there
2595 exists a situation where it is desirable to disable it, and only refresh the
2596 read timeout if there are incoming data. This happens on sessions with large
2597 timeouts and low amounts of exchanged data such as telnet session. If the
2598 server suddenly disappears, the output data accumulates in the system's
2599 socket buffers, both timeouts are correctly refreshed, and there is no way
2600 to know the server does not receive them, so we don't timeout. However, when
2601 the underlying protocol always echoes sent data, it would be enough by itself
2602 to detect the issue using the read timeout. Note that this problem does not
2603 happen with more verbose protocols because data won't accumulate long in the
2604 socket buffers.
2605
2606 When this option is set on the frontend, it will disable read timeout updates
2607 on data sent to the client. There probably is little use of this case. When
2608 the option is set on the backend, it will disable read timeout updates on
2609 data sent to the server. Doing so will typically break large HTTP posts from
2610 slow lines, so use it with caution.
2611
2612 See also : "timeout client" and "timeout server"
2613
2614
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002615option log-health-checks
2616no option log-health-checks
2617 Enable or disable logging of health checks
2618 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2619 yes | no | yes | yes
2620 Arguments : none
2621
2622 Enable health checks logging so it possible to check for example what
2623 was happening before a server crash. Failed health check are logged if
2624 server is UP and succeeded health checks if server is DOWN, so the amount
2625 of additional information is limited.
2626
2627 If health check logging is enabled no health check status is printed
2628 when servers is set up UP/DOWN/ENABLED/DISABLED.
2629
2630 See also: "log" and section 8 about logging.
2631
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002632
2633option log-separate-errors
2634no option log-separate-errors
2635 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2636 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2637 yes | yes | yes | no
2638 Arguments : none
2639
2640 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2641 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2642 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2643 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2644 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2645 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2646 provides very important information.
2647
2648 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2649 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2650 error logs.
2651
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002652 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002653 logging.
2654
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002655
2656option logasap
2657no option logasap
2658 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2659 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2660 yes | yes | yes | no
2661 Arguments : none
2662
2663 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2664 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2665 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2666 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2667 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2668 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2669 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002670 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002671 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2672 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2673
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002674 Examples :
2675 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2676 mode http
2677 option httplog
2678 option logasap
2679 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2680
2681 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2682 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2683 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2684 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2685
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002686 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002687 logging.
2688
2689
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002690option nolinger
2691no option nolinger
2692 Enable or disable immediate session ressource cleaning after close
2693 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2694 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002695 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002696
2697 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2698 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2699 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2700 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2701 connections.
2702
2703 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2704 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2705 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2706 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2707 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2708 this too.
2709
2710 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2711 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2712 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2713
2714 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2715 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2716 for servers.
2717
2718 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2719 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2720
2721
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002722option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2723 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2724 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2725 yes | yes | yes | yes
2726 Arguments :
2727 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2728 matching <network>
2729 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2730 header name.
2731
2732 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2733 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2734 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2735 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2736 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2737 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2738 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2739 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2740 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2741 possible that the client has already brought one.
2742
2743 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2744 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2745 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2746 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2747 header and requires different one.
2748
2749 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2750 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2751 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2752 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2753 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2754 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2755 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2756
2757 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2758 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2759 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2760 both are defined.
2761
2762 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2763 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2764 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2765 when using this option.
2766
2767 Examples :
2768 # Original Destination address
2769 frontend www
2770 mode http
2771 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2772
2773 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2774 backend www
2775 mode http
2776 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2777
2778 See also : "option httpclose"
2779
2780
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002781option persist
2782no option persist
2783 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2784 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2785 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002786 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002787
2788 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2789 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2790 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2791 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2792 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2793 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2794 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2795 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2796 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2797 redirected to another valid server.
2798
2799 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2800 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2801
2802 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2803
2804
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002805option redispatch
2806no option redispatch
2807 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2808 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2809 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002810 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002811
2812 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2813 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2814 be able to access the service anymore.
2815
2816 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2817 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2818
2819 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2820 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2821 value.
2822
2823 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2824 "redisp" keywords.
2825
2826 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2827 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2828
2829 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2830
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002831
2832option smtpchk
2833option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2834 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2835 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2836 yes | no | yes | yes
2837 Arguments :
2838 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2839 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2840 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2841
2842 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2843 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2844 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2845
2846 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2847 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2848 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2849 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2850 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2851 dead server.
2852
2853 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2854 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2855 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2856 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2857
2858 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2859 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2860 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2861 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2862 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2863
2864 Example :
2865 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2866
2867 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2868
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002869
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02002870option socket-stats
2871no option socket-stats
2872
2873 Enable or disable collecting & providing separate statistics for each socket.
2874 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2875 yes | yes | yes | no
2876
2877 Arguments : none
2878
2879
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002880option splice-auto
2881no option splice-auto
2882 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2883 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2884 yes | yes | yes | yes
2885 Arguments : none
2886
2887 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2888 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2889 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2890 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
2891 not. Both directions are handled independantly. Note that the heuristics used
2892 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
2893 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
2894 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
2895 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2896
2897 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
2898 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
2899 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
2900 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
2901 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
2902 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
2903 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
2904 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
2905 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
2906 keyword.
2907
2908 Example :
2909 option splice-auto
2910
2911 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2912 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2913
2914 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
2915 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2916
2917
2918option splice-request
2919no option splice-request
2920 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
2921 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2922 yes | yes | yes | yes
2923 Arguments : none
2924
2925 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2926 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2927 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2928 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2929 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2930 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2931
2932 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2933
2934 Example :
2935 option splice-request
2936
2937 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2938 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2939
2940 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
2941 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2942
2943
2944option splice-response
2945no option splice-response
2946 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
2947 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2948 yes | yes | yes | yes
2949 Arguments : none
2950
2951 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2952 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2953 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2954 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2955 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2956 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2957
2958 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2959
2960 Example :
2961 option splice-response
2962
2963 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2964 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2965
2966 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
2967 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2968
2969
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002970option srvtcpka
2971no option srvtcpka
2972 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
2973 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2974 yes | no | yes | yes
2975 Arguments : none
2976
2977 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2978 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2979 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2980 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2981
2982 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2983 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2984 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2985 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2986
2987 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2988 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2989 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2990 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2991 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2992
2993 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2994
2995 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2996 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2997 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
2998
2999 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3000 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3001
3002 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
3003
3004
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01003005option ssl-hello-chk
3006 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
3007 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3008 yes | no | yes | yes
3009 Arguments : none
3010
3011 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
3012 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
3013 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
3014 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
3015 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
3016 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
3017 hello message.
3018
3019 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
3020 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
3021 messages, which is appreciable.
3022
3023 See also: "option httpchk"
3024
3025
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003026option tcp-smart-accept
3027no option tcp-smart-accept
3028 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
3029 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3030 yes | yes | yes | no
3031 Arguments : none
3032
3033 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
3034 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
3035 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
3036 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
3037 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
3038 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
3039
3040 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
3041 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
3042 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
3043 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
3044
3045 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
3046 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
3047 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
3048 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
3049
3050 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
3051 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
3052 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
3053
3054 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
3055 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
3056 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
3057
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02003058 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
3059
3060
3061option tcp-smart-connect
3062no option tcp-smart-connect
3063 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
3064 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3065 yes | no | yes | yes
3066 Arguments : none
3067
3068 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
3069 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
3070 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
3071 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
3072 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
3073
3074 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
3075 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
3076 complex.
3077
3078 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
3079 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
3080 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
3081
3082 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3083 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3084
3085 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
3086
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003087
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003088option tcpka
3089 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
3090 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3091 yes | yes | yes | yes
3092 Arguments : none
3093
3094 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3095 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3096 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3097 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3098
3099 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3100 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3101 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3102 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3103
3104 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3105 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3106 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3107 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3108 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3109
3110 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3111
3112 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
3113 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
3114 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
3115 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
3116 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
3117 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
3118 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
3119 backends.
3120
3121 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
3122
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003123
3124option tcplog
3125 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
3126 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3127 yes | yes | yes | yes
3128 Arguments : none
3129
3130 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
3131 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
3132 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
3133 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
3134 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
3135 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
3136 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
3137 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
3138
3139 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
3140
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003141 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003142
3143
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003144option transparent
3145no option transparent
3146 Enable client-side transparent proxying
3147 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01003148 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003149 Arguments : none
3150
3151 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
3152 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
3153 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
3154 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
3155 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
3156 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
3157 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
3158 appropriate server.
3159
3160 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
3161 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
3162
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003163 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
3164 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003165
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003166
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003167persist rdp-cookie
3168persist rdp-cookie(name)
3169 Enable RDP cookie-based persistence
3170 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3171 yes | no | yes | yes
3172 Arguments :
3173 <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the
3174 default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is
3175 no valid reason to change this name.
3176
3177 This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie
3178 contains all information required to find the server in the list of known
3179 servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed
3180 and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server
3181 which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is
3182 forwarded to this server.
3183
3184 Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the
3185 frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present
3186 in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie"
3187 load-balancing method. Thus it is higly recommended to put all statements in
3188 a single "listen" section.
3189
3190 Example :
3191 listen tse-farm
3192 bind :3389
3193 # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request
3194 tcp-request inspect-delay 5s
3195 tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE
3196 # apply RDP cookie persistence
3197 persist rdp-cookie
3198 # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie.
3199 # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too.
3200 balance rdp-cookie
3201 server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389
3202 server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389
3203
3204 See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL.
3205
3206
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01003207rate-limit sessions <rate>
3208 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
3209 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3210 yes | yes | yes | no
3211 Arguments :
3212 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
3213 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
3214
3215 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
3216 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
3217 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
3218 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
3219 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
3220 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
3221
3222 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
3223 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
3224 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
3225 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
3226
3227 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
3228 listen smtp
3229 mode tcp
3230 bind :25
3231 rate-limit sessions 10
3232 server 127.0.0.1:1025
3233
3234 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
3235 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
3236
3237 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
3238
3239
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003240redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
3241redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003242 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
3243 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3244 no | yes | yes | yes
3245
3246 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003247 response.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003248
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003249 Arguments :
3250 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
3251 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
3252 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
3253 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01003254 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
3255 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
3256 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
3257 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003258
3259 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
3260 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
3261 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
3262 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
3263 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
3264 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
3265 location with a GET method.
3266
3267 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
3268 expected behaviour of a redirection :
3269
3270 - "drop-query"
3271 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
3272 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
3273 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
3274 with a location-type redirect.
3275
3276 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3277 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3278 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3279 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3280 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3281 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3282 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3283
3284 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3285 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3286 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3287 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3288 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3289 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3290 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003291
3292 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3293 acl clear dst_port 80
3294 acl secure dst_port 8080
3295 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003296 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003297 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003298 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3299
3300 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003301 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3302 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3303 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003304 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003305
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003306 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003307
3308
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003309redisp (deprecated)
3310redispatch (deprecated)
3311 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3312 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3313 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003314 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003315
3316 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3317 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3318 be able to access the service anymore.
3319
3320 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3321 redistribute them to a working server.
3322
3323 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3324 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3325 value.
3326
3327 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3328 "option redispatch" instead.
3329
3330 See also : "option redispatch"
3331
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003332
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003333reqadd <string>
3334 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3335 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3336 no | yes | yes | yes
3337 Arguments :
3338 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3339 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003340 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003341
3342 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3343 the last header of an HTTP request.
3344
3345 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3346 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3347 responses.
3348
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003349 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003350
3351
3352reqallow <search>
3353reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3354 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3355 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3356 no | yes | yes | yes
3357 Arguments :
3358 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3359 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3360 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3361 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3362 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3363 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3364 ignores case.
3365
3366 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3367 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3368 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3369 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3370 header names are not.
3371
3372 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3373 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3374
3375 Example :
3376 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3377 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3378 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3379
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003380 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003381 manipulation
3382
3383
3384reqdel <search>
3385reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3386 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3387 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3388 no | yes | yes | yes
3389 Arguments :
3390 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3391 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3392 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3393 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3394 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3395 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3396
3397 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3398 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3399 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3400 next servers.
3401
3402 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3403 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3404 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3405
3406 Example :
3407 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3408 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3409 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3410
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003411 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003412 manipulation
3413
3414
3415reqdeny <search>
3416reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3417 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3418 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3419 no | yes | yes | yes
3420 Arguments :
3421 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3422 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3423 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3424 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3425 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3426 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3427 case.
3428
3429 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3430 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3431 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3432 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3433 header names are not.
3434
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003435 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003436 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003437 using ACLs.
3438
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003439 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3440 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3441
3442 Example :
3443 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3444 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3445 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3446
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003447 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003448 header manipulation
3449
3450
3451reqpass <search>
3452reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3453 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3454 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3455 no | yes | yes | yes
3456 Arguments :
3457 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3458 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3459 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3460 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3461 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3462 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3463 case.
3464
3465 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3466 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3467 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3468 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3469
3470 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3471 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3472
3473 Example :
3474 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3475 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3476 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3477 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3478
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003479 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003480 header manipulation
3481
3482
3483reqrep <search> <string>
3484reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3485 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3486 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3487 no | yes | yes | yes
3488 Arguments :
3489 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3490 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3491 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3492 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3493 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3494 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3495
3496 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3497 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3498 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3499 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003500 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003501
3502 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3503 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3504 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3505
3506 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3507 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3508 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3509 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3510 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3511
3512 Example :
3513 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3514 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3515 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3516 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3517
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003518 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003519 manipulation
3520
3521
3522reqtarpit <search>
3523reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3524 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3525 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3526 no | yes | yes | yes
3527 Arguments :
3528 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3529 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3530 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3531 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3532 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3533 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3534 ignores case.
3535
3536 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3537 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003538 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3539 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3540 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003541 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3542 not set.
3543
3544 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3545 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3546 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3547 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3548 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3549
3550 Example :
3551 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3552 # block all others.
3553 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3554 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3555
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003556 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003557 manipulation
3558
3559
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003560retries <value>
3561 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3562 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3563 yes | no | yes | yes
3564 Arguments :
3565 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3566 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3567 default value is 3.
3568
3569 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3570 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3571 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3572
3573 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3574 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3575
3576 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3577 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3578
3579 See also : "option redispatch"
3580
3581
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003582rspadd <string>
3583 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3584 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3585 no | yes | yes | yes
3586 Arguments :
3587 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3588 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003589 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003590
3591 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3592 the last header of an HTTP response.
3593
3594 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3595 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3596 responses.
3597
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003598 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003599
3600
3601rspdel <search>
3602rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3603 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3604 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3605 no | yes | yes | yes
3606 Arguments :
3607 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3608 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3609 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3610 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3611 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3612 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3613 ignores case.
3614
3615 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3616 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3617 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3618 client.
3619
3620 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3621 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3622 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3623
3624 Example :
3625 # remove the Server header from responses
3626 reqidel ^Server:.*
3627
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003628 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003629 manipulation
3630
3631
3632rspdeny <search>
3633rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3634 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3635 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3636 no | yes | yes | yes
3637 Arguments :
3638 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3639 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3640 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3641 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3642 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3643 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3644 ignores case.
3645
3646 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3647 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3648 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3649 case-sensitive.
3650
3651 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003652 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3653 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3654 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003655
3656 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3657 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3658
3659 Example :
3660 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3661 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3662
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003663 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003664 manipulation
3665
3666
3667rsprep <search> <string>
3668rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3669 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3670 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3671 no | yes | yes | yes
3672 Arguments :
3673 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3674 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3675 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3676 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3677 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3678 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3679 ignores case.
3680
3681 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3682 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3683 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3684 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003685 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003686
3687 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3688 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3689 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3690
3691 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3692 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3693 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3694 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3695 are not case-sensitive.
3696
3697 Example :
3698 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3699 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3700
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003701 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003702 manipulation
3703
3704
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003705server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3706 Declare a server in a backend
3707 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3708 no | no | yes | yes
3709 Arguments :
3710 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3711 appear in logs and alerts.
3712
3713 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3714 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3715 start-up.
3716
3717 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3718 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3719 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3720 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3721 adding this value to the client's port.
3722
3723 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3724 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003725 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003726
3727 Examples :
3728 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3729 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3730
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003731 See also : section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003732
3733
3734source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003735source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003736 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3737 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3738 yes | no | yes | yes
3739 Arguments :
3740 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3741 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3742 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3743 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3744
3745 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3746 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003747 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3748 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3749 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003750
3751 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3752 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3753 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3754 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3755 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3756 <addr>.
3757
3758 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3759 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3760 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3761 port.
3762
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003763 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3764 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3765 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3766 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3767 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3768 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3769
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003770 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3771 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3772 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3773 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3774
3775 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3776 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3777 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3778 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3779 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3780 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3781
3782 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3783 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3784 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3785 there are two methods :
3786
3787 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3788 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3789 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3790 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3791 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3792 of the client ranges may be used.
3793
3794 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3795 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3796 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3797 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3798 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3799 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3800 same session.
3801
3802 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3803 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3804 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3805 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3806 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3807 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3808
3809 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3810 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3811 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003812 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003813
3814 Examples :
3815 backend private
3816 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3817 source 192.168.1.200
3818
3819 backend transparent_ssl1
3820 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3821 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3822
3823 backend transparent_ssl2
3824 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3825 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3826 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3827
3828 backend transparent_ssl3
3829 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3830 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3831 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3832
3833 backend transparent_smtp
3834 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3835 # with Tproxy version 4.
3836 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3837
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003838 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003839 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3840
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003841
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003842srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3843 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3844 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3845 yes | no | yes | yes
3846 Arguments :
3847 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3848 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3849 as explained at the top of this document.
3850
3851 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3852 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3853 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3854 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3855 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3856 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3857 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3858
3859 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3860 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3861 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3862 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3863 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003864 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003865 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
3866 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
3867
3868 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3869 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3870 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3871 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3872 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3873 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3874
3875 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3876 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3877
3878 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3879
3880
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003881stats auth <user>:<passwd>
3882 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
3883 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3884 yes | no | yes | yes
3885 Arguments :
3886 <user> is a user name to grant access to
3887
3888 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
3889
3890 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
3891 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
3892 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
3893 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
3894 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
3895 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
3896
3897 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
3898 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
3899 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
3900 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
3901
3902 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
3903 report using "stats scope".
3904
3905 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3906 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3907 unobvious parameters.
3908
3909 Example :
3910 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3911 backend public_www
3912 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3913 stats enable
3914 stats hide-version
3915 stats scope .
3916 stats uri /admin?stats
3917 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3918 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3919 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3920
3921 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3922 backend private_monitoring
3923 stats enable
3924 stats uri /admin?stats
3925 stats refresh 5s
3926
3927 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
3928
3929
3930stats enable
3931 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
3932 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3933 yes | no | yes | yes
3934 Arguments : none
3935
3936 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
3937 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
3938 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
3939 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
3940 - stats auth : no authentication
3941 - stats scope : no restriction
3942
3943 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3944 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3945 unobvious parameters.
3946
3947 Example :
3948 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3949 backend public_www
3950 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3951 stats enable
3952 stats hide-version
3953 stats scope .
3954 stats uri /admin?stats
3955 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3956 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3957 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3958
3959 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3960 backend private_monitoring
3961 stats enable
3962 stats uri /admin?stats
3963 stats refresh 5s
3964
3965 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3966
3967
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003968stats show-node [ <name> ]
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003969 Enable reporting of a host name on the statistics page.
3970 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3971 yes | no | yes | yes
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003972 Arguments:
3973 <name> is an optional name to be reported. If unspecified, the
3974 node name from global section is automatically used instead.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003975
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003976 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
3977 customers, where node or description might be different on a stats page
3978 provided for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003979
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003980 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3981 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3982 unobvious parameters.
3983
3984 Example:
3985 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3986 backend private_monitoring
3987 stats enable
3988 stats show-node Europe-1
3989 stats uri /admin?stats
3990 stats refresh 5s
3991
3992 See also: "show-desc", "stats enable", "stats uri", and "node" in global section.
3993
3994
3995stats show-desc [ <description> ]
3996 Enable reporting of a description on the statistics page.
3997 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3998 yes | no | yes | yes
3999
4000 <name> is an optional description to be reported. If unspecified, the
4001 description from global section is automatically used instead.
4002
4003 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
4004 customers, where node or description should be different for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004005
4006 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4007 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4008 unobvious parameters.
4009
4010 Example :
4011 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4012 backend private_monitoring
4013 stats enable
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004014 stats show-desc Master node for Europe, Asia, Africa
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004015 stats uri /admin?stats
4016 stats refresh 5s
4017
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004018 See also: "show-node", "stats enable", "stats uri" and "description" in global section.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004019
4020
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004021stats realm <realm>
4022 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
4023 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4024 yes | no | yes | yes
4025 Arguments :
4026 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
4027 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
4028 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
4029
4030 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
4031 using a backslash ('\').
4032
4033 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
4034 only related to authentication.
4035
4036 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4037 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4038 unobvious parameters.
4039
4040 Example :
4041 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4042 backend public_www
4043 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4044 stats enable
4045 stats hide-version
4046 stats scope .
4047 stats uri /admin?stats
4048 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4049 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4050 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4051
4052 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4053 backend private_monitoring
4054 stats enable
4055 stats uri /admin?stats
4056 stats refresh 5s
4057
4058 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
4059
4060
4061stats refresh <delay>
4062 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
4063 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4064 yes | no | yes | yes
4065 Arguments :
4066 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
4067 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
4068 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
4069 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
4070 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
4071 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
4072
4073 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
4074 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
4075 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
4076 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
4077
4078 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4079 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4080 unobvious parameters.
4081
4082 Example :
4083 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4084 backend public_www
4085 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4086 stats enable
4087 stats hide-version
4088 stats scope .
4089 stats uri /admin?stats
4090 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4091 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4092 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4093
4094 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4095 backend private_monitoring
4096 stats enable
4097 stats uri /admin?stats
4098 stats refresh 5s
4099
4100 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4101
4102
4103stats scope { <name> | "." }
4104 Enable statistics and limit access scope
4105 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4106 yes | no | yes | yes
4107 Arguments :
4108 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
4109 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
4110 section in which the statement appears.
4111
4112 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
4113 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
4114 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
4115 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
4116 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
4117 exists.
4118
4119 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4120 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4121 unobvious parameters.
4122
4123 Example :
4124 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4125 backend public_www
4126 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4127 stats enable
4128 stats hide-version
4129 stats scope .
4130 stats uri /admin?stats
4131 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4132 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4133 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4134
4135 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4136 backend private_monitoring
4137 stats enable
4138 stats uri /admin?stats
4139 stats refresh 5s
4140
4141 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4142
4143
4144stats uri <prefix>
4145 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
4146 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4147 yes | no | yes | yes
4148 Arguments :
4149 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
4150 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
4151 query string.
4152
4153 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
4154 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
4155 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
4156 possible to reach it in the application.
4157
4158 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
4159 changed at build time, so it's better to always explictly specify it here.
4160 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
4161 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
4162 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
4163 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
4164
4165 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
4166 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
4167 an address or a port to statistics only.
4168
4169 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4170 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4171 unobvious parameters.
4172
4173 Example :
4174 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4175 backend public_www
4176 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4177 stats enable
4178 stats hide-version
4179 stats scope .
4180 stats uri /admin?stats
4181 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4182 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4183 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4184
4185 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4186 backend private_monitoring
4187 stats enable
4188 stats uri /admin?stats
4189 stats refresh 5s
4190
4191 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
4192
4193
4194stats hide-version
4195 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
4196 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4197 yes | no | yes | yes
4198 Arguments : none
4199
4200 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
4201 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
4202 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
4203 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
4204 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
4205 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
4206
4207 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4208 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4209 unobvious parameters.
4210
4211 Example :
4212 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4213 backend public_www
4214 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4215 stats enable
4216 stats hide-version
4217 stats scope .
4218 stats uri /admin?stats
4219 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4220 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4221 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4222
4223 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4224 backend private_monitoring
4225 stats enable
4226 stats uri /admin?stats
4227 stats refresh 5s
4228
4229 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4230
4231
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004232tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
4233 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4234 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4235 no | yes | yes | no
4236
4237 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
4238 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4239 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4240 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4241 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4242 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4243 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4244 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4245
4246 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
4247 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4248
4249 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
4250 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
4251 "reject" statement.
4252
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004253 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004254
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004255 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004256
4257
4258tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
4259 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4260 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4261 no | yes | yes | no
4262
4263 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
4264 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4265 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4266 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4267 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4268 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4269 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4270 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4271
4272 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
4273 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4274
4275 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
4276 "accept".
4277
4278 Example:
4279 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
4280 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4281 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4282 tcp-request reject if content_present
4283
4284 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
4285 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4286 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4287 tcp-request accept if content_present
4288 tcp-request reject
4289
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004290 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004291
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004292 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004293
4294
4295tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
4296 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
4297 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4298 no | yes | yes | no
4299 Arguments :
4300 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4301 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4302 as explained at the top of this document.
4303
4304 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
4305 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
4306 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
4307 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
4308 data for at most the specified amount of time.
4309
4310 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
4311 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
4312 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementionned delay,
4313 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01004314 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
4315 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
4316 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
4317 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004318
4319 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
4320 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
4321 it pass through unaffected.
4322
4323 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
4324 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
4325 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
4326 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
4327 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
4328 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4329 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4330
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004331 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004332 "timeout client".
4333
4334
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004335timeout check <timeout>
4336 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4337 established.
4338
4339 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4340 yes | no | yes | yes
4341 Arguments:
4342 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4343 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4344 as explained at the top of this document.
4345
4346 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4347 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4348 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4349 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4350 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4351 long "timeout connect".
4352
4353 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4354 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4355
4356 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4357 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004358 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004359
4360 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4361 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4362 forget about it.
4363
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004364 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4365 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004366
4367
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004368timeout client <timeout>
4369timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4370 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4371 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4372 yes | yes | yes | no
4373 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004374 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004375 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4376 as explained at the top of this document.
4377
4378 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4379 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4380 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4381 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4382 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4383 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4384 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4385 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004386 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004387 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4388 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4389
4390 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4391 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4392 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4393 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4394 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4395 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4396
4397 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4398 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4399 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4400
4401 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4402
4403
4404timeout connect <timeout>
4405timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4406 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4407 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4408 yes | no | yes | yes
4409 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004410 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004411 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4412 as explained at the top of this document.
4413
4414 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004415 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004416 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
4417 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004418 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4419 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004420
4421 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4422 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4423 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4424 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4425 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4426 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4427
4428 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4429 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4430 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4431
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004432 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4433 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004434
4435
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004436timeout http-request <timeout>
4437 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4438 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004439 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004440 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004441 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004442 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4443 as explained at the top of this document.
4444
4445 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4446 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4447 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4448 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4449 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4450 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4451 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4452 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4453
4454 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4455 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
4456 used anymore.
4457
4458 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4459 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4460 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4461 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4462 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4463
4464 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004465 chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take
4466 effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's
4467 timeout will be used.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004468
4469 See also : "timeout client".
4470
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004471
4472timeout queue <timeout>
4473 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4474 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4475 yes | no | yes | yes
4476 Arguments :
4477 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4478 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4479 as explained at the top of this document.
4480
4481 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4482 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4483 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4484 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4485 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4486
4487 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4488 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4489 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4490 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4491
4492 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4493
4494
4495timeout server <timeout>
4496timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4497 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4498 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4499 yes | no | yes | yes
4500 Arguments :
4501 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4502 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4503 as explained at the top of this document.
4504
4505 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4506 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4507 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4508 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4509 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4510 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4511 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4512
4513 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4514 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4515 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4516 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4517 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004518 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004519 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
4520 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
4521
4522 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4523 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4524 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4525 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4526 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4527 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4528
4529 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4530 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4531 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4532
4533 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4534
4535
4536timeout tarpit <timeout>
4537 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4538 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4539 yes | yes | yes | yes
4540 Arguments :
4541 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4542 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4543 as explained at the top of this document.
4544
4545 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4546 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4547 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4548
4549 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4550 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4551 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4552 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
4553 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
4554
4555 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4556
4557
4558transparent (deprecated)
4559 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4560 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004561 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004562 Arguments : none
4563
4564 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
4565 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
4566 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
4567 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
4568 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
4569 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
4570 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
4571 appropriate server.
4572
4573 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
4574
4575 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
4576 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
4577
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004578 See also: "option transparent"
4579
4580
4581use_backend <backend> if <condition>
4582use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004583 Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004584 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4585 no | yes | yes | no
4586 Arguments :
4587 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
4588
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004589 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004590
4591 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
4592 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
4593 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004594 "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can
4595 also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg:
4596 source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for
4597 some payload.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004598
4599 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
4600 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
4601 assign the backend.
4602
4603 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
4604 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
4605 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
4606 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
4607 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
4608 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
4609
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004610 Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In
4611 this case, etiher the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP,
4612 and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for
4613 a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend
4614 must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP.
4615
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004616 See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004617
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004618
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046195. Server options
4620-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004621
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004622The "server" keyword supports a certain number of settings which are all passed
4623as arguments on the server line. The order in which those arguments appear does
4624not count, and they are all optional. Some of those settings are single words
4625(booleans) while others expect one or several values after them. In this case,
4626the values must immediately follow the setting name. All those settings must be
4627specified after the server's address if they are used :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004628
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004629 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004630
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004631The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004632
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004633addr <ipv4>
4634 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
4635 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
4636 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
4637 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
4638 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004639
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004640backup
4641 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
4642 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
4643 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
4644 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
4645 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
4646 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004647
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004648check
4649 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
4650 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
4651 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
4652 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
4653 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
4654 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
4655 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
4656 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
4657 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
4658 and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for
4659 more information.
4660
4661cookie <value>
4662 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
4663 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
4664 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
4665 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
4666 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
4667 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
4668 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
4669
4670fall <count>
4671 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
4672 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
4673 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
4674
4675id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02004676 Set a persistent ID for the server. This ID must be positive and unique for
4677 the proxy. An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first
4678 assigned value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004679
4680inter <delay>
4681fastinter <delay>
4682downinter <delay>
4683 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
4684 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
4685 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
4686 between checks depending on the server state :
4687
4688 Server state | Interval used
4689 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4690 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
4691 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4692 Transitionally UP (going down), |
4693 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4694 or yet unchecked. |
4695 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4696 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4697 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4698
4699 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
4700 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
4701 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
4702 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
4703 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
4704 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
4705 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
4706 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
4707 servers.
4708
4709maxconn <maxconn>
4710 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
4711 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
4712 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
4713 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
4714 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
4715 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
4716 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
4717 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
4718
4719maxqueue <maxqueue>
4720 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
4721 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
4722 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
4723 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
4724 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
4725 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
4726 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
4727
4728minconn <minconn>
4729 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
4730 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
4731 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
4732 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
4733 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
4734 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
4735 overloading the server during exceptionnal loads. See also the "maxconn"
4736 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
4737
4738port <port>
4739 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
4740 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
4741 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
4742 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
4743 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
4744 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
4745
4746redir <prefix>
4747 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
4748 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
4749 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
4750 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
4751 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
4752 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
4753 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
4754 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
4755 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the respose. However, cookies in
4756 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
4757 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
4758 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
4759 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
4760 loop between the client and HAProxy!
4761
4762 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
4763
4764rise <count>
4765 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
4766 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
4767 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
4768
4769slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
4770 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
4771 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
4772 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
4773 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
4774 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
4775 parameters :
4776
4777 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
4778 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
4779
4780 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
4781 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
4782 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
4783 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
4784
4785 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
4786 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
4787 seen as failed.
4788
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004789source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
4790source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004791 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
4792 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
4793 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
4794 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
4795
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004796 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
4797 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
4798 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
4799 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
4800 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
4801 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
4802 server.
4803
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004804track [<proxy>/]<server>
4805 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
4806 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
4807 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
4808 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
4809 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
4810
4811weight <weight>
4812 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
4813 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
4814 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02004815 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
4816 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
4817 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
4818 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
4819 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
4820 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004821
4822
48236. HTTP header manipulation
4824---------------------------
4825
4826In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
4827response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
4828request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
4829which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
4830against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
4831to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
4832passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
4833headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
4834never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
4835
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02004836There is an exception though. If HAProxy encounters an "Informational Response"
4837(status code 1xx), it is able to process all rsp* rules which can allow, deny,
4838rewrite or delete a header, but it will refuse to add a header to any such
4839messages as this is not HTTP-compliant. The reason for still processing headers
4840in such responses is to stop and/or fix any possible information leak which may
4841happen, for instance because another downstream equipment would inconditionally
4842add a header, or if a server name appears there. When such messages are seen,
4843normal processing still occurs on the next non-informational messages.
4844
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004845This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
4846in section 4.2 :
4847
4848 - reqadd <string>
4849 - reqallow <search>
4850 - reqiallow <search>
4851 - reqdel <search>
4852 - reqidel <search>
4853 - reqdeny <search>
4854 - reqideny <search>
4855 - reqpass <search>
4856 - reqipass <search>
4857 - reqrep <search> <replace>
4858 - reqirep <search> <replace>
4859 - reqtarpit <search>
4860 - reqitarpit <search>
4861 - rspadd <string>
4862 - rspdel <search>
4863 - rspidel <search>
4864 - rspdeny <search>
4865 - rspideny <search>
4866 - rsprep <search> <replace>
4867 - rspirep <search> <replace>
4868
4869With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
4870is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
4871parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
4872prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
4873Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
4874
4875 \t for a tab
4876 \r for a carriage return (CR)
4877 \n for a new line (LF)
4878 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
4879 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
4880 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
4881 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
4882 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
4883
4884The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
4885portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
4886above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
4887regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
48889 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
4889is very common to users of the "sed" program.
4890
4891The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
4892after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
4893
4894Notes related to these keywords :
4895---------------------------------
4896 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
4897 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
4898 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
4899
4900 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
4901 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
4902 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
4903
4904 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
4905 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
4906 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
4907 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
4908 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
4909
4910 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
4911 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
4912 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
4913 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
4914 useless headers before adding new ones.
4915
4916 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their couterpart
4917 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
4918
4919 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
4920 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
4921 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
4922
4923 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
4924 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
4925 before switching.
4926
4927
49287. Using ACLs
4929-------------
4930
4931The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
4932content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
4933from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
4934simple :
4935
4936 - define test criteria with sets of values
4937 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
4938
4939The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
4940
4941In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
4942
4943 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
4944
4945This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
4946Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
4947and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
4948an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
4949of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
4950
4951ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
4952'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
4953which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
4954
4955There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
4956performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
4957
4958The following ACL flags are currently supported :
4959
4960 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004961 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
4962
4963Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004964
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004965 - integers or integer ranges
4966 - strings
4967 - regular expressions
4968 - IP addresses and networks
4969
4970
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049717.1. Matching integers
4972----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004973
4974Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
4975that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
4976expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
4977may be omitted.
4978
4979For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
4980unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
4981representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
4982
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004983As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
4984two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
4985instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
4986ranges and operators.
4987
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004988For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004989operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
4990Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
4991of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004992
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004993Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004994
4995 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
4996 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
4997 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
4998 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
4999 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
5000
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005001For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005002
5003 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
5004
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005005This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
5006
5007 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
5008
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005009
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050107.2. Matching strings
5011---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005012
5013String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
5014exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
5015characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
5016string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
5017to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005018before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005019
5020
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050217.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
5022-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005023
5024Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
5025they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
5026possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
5027passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
5028the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005029the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
5030match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005031
5032
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050337.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
5034----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005035
5036IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
5037netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
5038within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01005039host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005040difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
5041at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
5042does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
5043parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005044
5045
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050467.5. Available matching criteria
5047--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005048
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050497.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
5050------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005051
5052A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
5053analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
5054addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
5055
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005056always_false
5057 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5058 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5059
5060always_true
5061 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5062 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5063
5064src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005065 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005066 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
5067 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
5068
5069src_port <integer>
5070 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
5071
5072dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005073 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005074 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
5075
5076dst_port <integer>
5077 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
5078 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
5079
5080dst_conn <integer>
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005081 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the same socket
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005082 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005083 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005084 when the socket is considered saturated. This offers the ability to assign
5085 different limits to different listening ports or addresses. See also the
5086 "fe_conn" and "be_conn" criteria.
5087
5088fe_conn <integer>
5089fe_conn(frontend) <integer>
5090 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
5091 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no frontend name is
5092 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5093 frontend. It can be used to either return a sorry page before hard-blocking,
5094 or to use a specific backend to drain new requests when the farm is
5095 considered saturated. See also the "dst_conn", "be_conn" and "fe_sess_rate"
5096 criteria.
5097
5098be_conn <integer>
5099be_conn(frontend) <integer>
5100 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the backend,
5101 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no backend name is
5102 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5103 backend. It can be used to use a specific farm when the nominal one is full.
5104 See also the "fe_conn", "queue" and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005105
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005106nbsrv <integer>
5107nbsrv(backend) <integer>
5108 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
5109 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
5110 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
5111 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
5112 "monitor fail".
5113
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005114connslots <integer>
5115connslots(backend) <integer>
5116 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005117 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005118 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
5119
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005120 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
5121 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005122
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005123 Note that while "fe_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005124 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
5125 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
5126 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
5127 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
5128 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005129 available connection slots as well. See also "queue" and "avg_queue".
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005130
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005131 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
5132 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
5133 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
5134 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005135
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005136queue <integer>
5137queue(frontend) <integer>
5138 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend,
5139 including all the connections in server queues. If no backend name is
5140 specified, the current one is used, but it is also possible to check another
5141 one. This can be used to take actions when queuing goes above a known level,
5142 generally indicating a surge of traffic or a massive slowdown on the servers.
5143 One possible action could be to reject new users but still accept old ones.
5144 See also the "avg_queue", "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5145
5146avg_queue <integer>
5147avg_queue(frontend) <integer>
5148 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend
5149 divided by the number of active servers. This is very similar to "queue"
5150 except that the size of the farm is considered, in order to give a more
5151 accurate measurement of the time it may take for a new connection to be
5152 processed. The main usage is to return a sorry page to new users when it
5153 becomes certain they will get a degraded service. Note that in the event
5154 there would not be any active server anymore, we would consider twice the
5155 number of queued connections as the measured value. This is a fair estimate,
5156 as we expect one server to get back soon anyway, but we still prefer to send
5157 new traffic to another backend if in better shape. See also the "queue",
5158 "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5159
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005160fe_sess_rate <integer>
5161fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
5162 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
5163 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
5164 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
5165 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
5166 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
5167 the rate to go down below the limit.
5168
5169 Example :
5170 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
5171 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
5172 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
5173 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
5174 frontend mail
5175 bind :25
5176 mode tcp
5177 maxconn 100
5178 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
5179 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
5180 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
5181 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5182
5183be_sess_rate <integer>
5184be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
5185 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
5186 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
5187 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
5188 reaches too high a session rate, or to limite abuse of service (eg. prevent
5189 sucking of an online dictionary).
5190
5191 Example :
5192 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
5193 backend dynamic
5194 mode http
5195 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
5196 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
5197
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005198
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051997.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
5200-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005201
5202A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
5203during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
5204through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
5205for more detailed information on the subject.
5206
5207req_len <integer>
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005208 Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005209 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
5210 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
5211 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
5212 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
5213 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
5214 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
5215
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005216req_proto_http
5217 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly
5218 parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which
5219 is used so there should be no surprizes. This test can be used for instance
5220 to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one
5221 using TCP request content inspection rules.
5222
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005223req_rdp_cookie <string>
5224req_rdp_cookie(name) <string>
5225 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and
5226 a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is
5227 checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The
5228 parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol
5229 specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful
5230 with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client
5231 connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be
5232 used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users.
5233
5234req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer>
5235req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer>
5236 Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol
5237 and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or
5238 one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way
5239 of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH
5240 cookies.
5241
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005242req_ssl_ver <decimal>
5243 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
5244 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
5245 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
5246 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
5247 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
5248 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
5249 with TCP request content inspection.
5250
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02005251wait_end
5252 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
5253 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
5254 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
5255 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
5256 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
5257 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
5258 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
5259 inspection.
5260
5261 Examples :
5262 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
5263 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
5264 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5265
5266 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
5267 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
5268 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
5269 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
5270 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
5271 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
5272 tcp-request content reject
5273
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005274
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052757.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
5276--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005277
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005278A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005279application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
5280read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
5281than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
5282
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005283method <string>
5284 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
5285 already check for most common methods.
5286
5287req_ver <string>
5288 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
5289 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
5290
5291path <string>
5292 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
5293 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
5294 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
5295
5296path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005297 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
5298 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005299
5300path_end <string>
5301 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
5302 control file name extension.
5303
5304path_sub <string>
5305 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5306 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
5307 "path_dir".
5308
5309path_dir <string>
5310 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5311 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5312 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5313 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
5314
5315path_dom <string>
5316 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5317 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
5318 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
5319
5320path_reg <regex>
5321 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5322 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5323 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
5324
5325url <string>
5326 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
5327 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
5328
5329url_beg <string>
5330 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
5331 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
5332
5333url_end <string>
5334 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
5335 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
5336
5337url_sub <string>
5338 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5339 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
5340
5341url_dir <string>
5342 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5343 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5344 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5345 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
5346
5347url_dom <string>
5348 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5349 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
5350 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
5351
5352url_reg <regex>
5353 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5354 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5355 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
5356
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005357url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005358 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
5359 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005360 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005361
5362url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005363 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
5364 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005365 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005366 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005367
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005368hdr <string>
5369hdr(header) <string>
5370 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
5371 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005372 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
5373 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005374
5375 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005376 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005377 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
5378
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005379 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005380
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005381hdr_beg <string>
5382hdr_beg(header) <string>
5383 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
5384 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005385
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005386hdr_end <string>
5387hdr_end(header) <string>
5388 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
5389 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005390
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005391hdr_sub <string>
5392hdr_sub(header) <string>
5393 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
5394 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005395
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005396hdr_dir <string>
5397hdr_dir(header) <string>
5398 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5399 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
5400 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
5401 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005402
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005403hdr_dom <string>
5404hdr_dom(header) <string>
5405 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5406 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
5407 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
5408 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005409
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005410hdr_reg <regex>
5411hdr_reg(header) <regex>
5412 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
5413 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
5414 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
5415 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005416
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005417hdr_val <integer>
5418hdr_val(header) <integer>
5419 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
5420 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
5421 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
5422 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005423
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005424hdr_cnt <integer>
5425hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
5426 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
5427 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
5428 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
5429 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
5430 request smugling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
5431 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01005432
Willy Tarreau106f9792009-09-19 07:54:16 +02005433hdr_ip <ip_address>
5434hdr_ip(header) <ip_address>
5435 Returns true when one of the headers' values contains an IP address matching
5436 <ip_address>. This is mainly used with headers such as X-Forwarded-For or
5437 X-Client-IP. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
5438
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005439
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054407.6. Pre-defined ACLs
5441---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005442
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005443Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
5444every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
5445order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
5446only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005447
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005448ACL name Equivalent to Usage
5449---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
5450TRUE always_true always match
5451FALSE always_false never match
5452LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005453HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005454HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
5455HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
5456METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
5457METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
5458METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
5459METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
5460METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
5461METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
5462HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
5463HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL begining with "/"
5464HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
5465HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005466RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005467REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
5468WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
5469---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005470
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005471
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054727.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
5473----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005474
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005475Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
5476combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005477
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005478 - AND (implicit)
5479 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
5480 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005481
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005482A condition is formed as a disjonctive form :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005483
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005484 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005485
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005486Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
5487indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005488
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005489For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
5490"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
5491requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
5492is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005493
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005494 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
5495 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
5496 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
5497 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005498
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005499To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
5500and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005501
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005502 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
5503 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
5504 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
5505 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005506
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005507 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
5508 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
5509 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
5510 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005511
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005512See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005513
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005514
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055158. Logging
5516----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005517
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005518One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
5519provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
5520very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
5521provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
5522state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
5523to direct trafic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
5524headers.
5525
5526In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
5527about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
5528send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
5529
5530 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
5531 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
5532 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
5533 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
5534 at the termination.
5535
5536The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
5537allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
5538as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
5539while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
5540real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
5541delay.
5542
5543
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055448.1. Log levels
5545---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005546
5547TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
5548source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
5549HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
5550in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
5551particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005552syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005553facilities.
5554
5555
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055568.2. Log formats
5557----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005558
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005559HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005560and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
5561the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
5562formats are the following ones :
5563
5564 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
5565 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
5566 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
5567 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
5568 extents.
5569
5570 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
5571 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
5572 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
5573 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
5574 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
5575
5576 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
5577 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
5578 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
5579 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
5580 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
5581
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005582 - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the
5583 fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all
5584 timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the
5585 common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format.
5586
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005587Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
5588specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
5589field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
5590servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
5591always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
5592identifier.
5593
5594Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
5595 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
5596 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
5597 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
5598 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
5599
5600
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056018.2.1. Default log format
5602-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005603
5604This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
5605as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
5606format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
5607
5608 Example :
5609 listen www
5610 mode http
5611 log global
5612 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5613
5614 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
5615 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
5616 (www/HTTP)
5617
5618 Field Format Extract from the example above
5619 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
5620 2 'Connect from' Connect from
5621 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
5622 4 'to' to
5623 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
5624 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
5625
5626Detailed fields description :
5627 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
5628 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5629 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
5630 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
5631 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5632 and processed the connection.
5633 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
5634
5635It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
5636will eventually disappear.
5637
5638
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056398.2.2. TCP log format
5640---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005641
5642The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
5643is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
5644information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
5645counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
5646emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
5647environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
5648the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
5649sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005650specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
5651not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
5652fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
5653marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005654
5655 Example :
5656 frontend fnt
5657 mode tcp
5658 option tcplog
5659 log global
5660 default_backend bck
5661
5662 backend bck
5663 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5664
5665 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
5666 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
5667 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
5668
5669 Field Format Extract from the example above
5670 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
5671 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
5672 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
5673 4 frontend_name fnt
5674 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
5675 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
5676 7 bytes_read* 212
5677 8 termination_state --
5678 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
5679 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5680
5681Detailed fields description :
5682 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5683 connection to haproxy.
5684
5685 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5686
5687 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
5688 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
5689 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
5690 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
5691
5692 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5693 and processed the connection.
5694
5695 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5696 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5697 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
5698 applications.
5699
5700 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5701 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5702 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5703 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
5704 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
5705
5706 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5707 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5708 See "Timers" below for more details.
5709
5710 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5711 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5712 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
5713 "Timers" below for more details.
5714
5715 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5716 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5717 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5718 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5719 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5720 details.
5721
5722 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
5723 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
5724 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
5725 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
5726 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
5727
5728 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5729 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5730 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
5731 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
5732 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
5733 for more details.
5734
5735 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5736 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5737 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
5738 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
5739 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005740 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005741
5742 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5743 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5744 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5745 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5746 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5747 caused by a denial of service attack.
5748
5749 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5750 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5751 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5752 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5753 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5754 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5755 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5756 denial of service attack.
5757
5758 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5759 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5760 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5761 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5762 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5763 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5764 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5765 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
5766 be processed than on other servers.
5767
5768 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5769 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5770 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5771 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5772 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5773 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5774 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5775 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5776 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5777 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5778 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5779 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5780 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5781
5782 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5783 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5784 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5785 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5786 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5787 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5788 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5789 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5790
5791 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5792 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5793 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5794 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5795 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5796 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5797 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5798 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5799 occurs.
5800
5801
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058028.2.3. HTTP log format
5803----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005804
5805The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
5806is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
5807the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
5808are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
5809emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
5810generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
5811"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
5812which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005813frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
5814is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005815
5816Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
5817slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
5818with a star ('*') after the field name below.
5819
5820 Example :
5821 frontend http-in
5822 mode http
5823 option httplog
5824 log global
5825 default_backend bck
5826
5827 backend static
5828 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5829
5830 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
5831 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
5832 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
5833 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5834
5835 Field Format Extract from the example above
5836 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
5837 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
5838 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
5839 4 frontend_name http-in
5840 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
5841 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
5842 7 status_code 200
5843 8 bytes_read* 2750
5844 9 captured_request_cookie -
5845 10 captured_response_cookie -
5846 11 termination_state ----
5847 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
5848 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5849 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
5850 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
5851 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5852
5853
5854Detailed fields description :
5855 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5856 connection to haproxy.
5857
5858 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5859
5860 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
5861 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
5862 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
5863 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
5864 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
5865
5866 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5867 and processed the connection.
5868
5869 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5870 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5871 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
5872
5873 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5874 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5875 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5876 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
5877 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
5878 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
5879
5880 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
5881 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
5882 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
5883 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
5884 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
5885 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
5886
5887 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5888 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5889 See "Timers" below for more details.
5890
5891 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5892 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5893 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
5894 below for more details.
5895
5896 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
5897 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
5898 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
5899 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
5900 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
5901 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
5902 for more details.
5903
5904 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5905 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5906 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5907 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5908 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5909 details.
5910
5911 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
5912 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
5913 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
5914
5915 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
5916 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
5917 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
5918 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
5919 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
5920 overflowing.
5921
5922 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
5923 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
5924 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
5925 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
5926 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
5927 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
5928 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
5929 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5930
5931 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
5932 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
5933 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
5934 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
5935 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
5936 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
5937 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
5938 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5939
5940 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5941 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5942 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
5943 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
5944 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
5945 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
5946 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
5947
5948 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5949 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5950 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
5951 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
5952 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005953 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005954 system.
5955
5956 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5957 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5958 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5959 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5960 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5961 caused by a denial of service attack.
5962
5963 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5964 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5965 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5966 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5967 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5968 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5969 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5970 denial of service attack.
5971
5972 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5973 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5974 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5975 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5976 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5977 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5978 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5979 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
5980 processed than on other servers.
5981
5982 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5983 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5984 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5985 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5986 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5987 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5988 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5989 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5990 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5991 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5992 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5993 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5994 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5995
5996 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5997 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5998 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5999 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
6000 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
6001 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
6002 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
6003 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
6004
6005 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6006 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
6007 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
6008 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
6009 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
6010 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
6011 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
6012 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
6013 occurs.
6014
6015 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
6016 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
6017 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
6018 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
6019 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
6020 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
6021 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
6022 cookies" below for more details.
6023
6024 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
6025 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
6026 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
6027 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
6028 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
6029 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
6030 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
6031 and cookies" below for more details.
6032
6033 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
6034 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
6035 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
6036 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
6037 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
6038 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
6039 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
6040 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
6041
6042
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060438.3. Advanced logging options
6044-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006045
6046Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
6047just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
6048options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
6049for more information about their usage.
6050
6051
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060528.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
6053------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006054
6055It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
6056haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
6057commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
6058monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
6059ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
6060
6061 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
6062 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
6063 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
6064 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
6065
6066 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
6067 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
6068 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
6069 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
6070 such as other load-balancers.
6071
6072 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
6073 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
6074 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
6075
6076
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060778.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
6078----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006079
6080The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
6081what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
6082or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
6083"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
6084just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
6085log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
6086after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
6087is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
6088with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
6089with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
6090
6091
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060928.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
6093------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006094
6095Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
6096for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
6097"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
6098retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
6099raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
6100a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
6101file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
6102you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
6103"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
6104
6105
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061068.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
6107--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006108
6109Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
6110multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
6111them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
6112"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
6113logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
6114error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
6115and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
6116too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
6117useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
6118alternative.
6119
6120
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061218.4. Timing events
6122------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006123
6124Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
6125reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
6126the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
6127frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
6128mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
6129
6130 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
6131 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
6132 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
6133 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
6134 the client closes prematurely or times out.
6135
6136 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
6137 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
6138 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
6139 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
6140 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
6141
6142 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
6143 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
6144 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
6145 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
6146 connection never established.
6147
6148 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
6149 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
6150 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
6151 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
6152 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
6153 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
6154 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
6155 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
6156 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
6157 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
6158 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
6159
6160 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
6161 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
6162 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
6163 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
6164 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
6165
6166 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
6167
6168 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
6169 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
6170 negative.
6171
6172These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
6173protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
6174that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
6175due to network problems (wires, negociation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
6176close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
6177session has been aborted on timeout.
6178
6179Most common cases :
6180
6181 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6182 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
6183 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
6184 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
6185 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
6186 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
6187 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
6188 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
6189 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
6190 connections have been accepted at once.
6191
6192 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6193 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
6194 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
6195 of ms on remote networks.
6196
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006197 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
6198 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
6199 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006200
6201 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
6202 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
6203 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
6204 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
6205 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
6206 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
6207 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
6208 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
6209 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
6210 to the server until another one is released.
6211
6212Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
6213
6214 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
6215 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
6216 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
6217
6218 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
6219 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
6220 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
6221
6222 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
6223 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
6224 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
6225 flags.
6226
6227 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
6228 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
6229 Check the session termination flags, then check the
6230 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
6231 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
6232 the client connection was maintained open.
6233
6234 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
6235 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
6236 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
6237 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
6238
6239
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062408.5. Session state at disconnection
6241-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006242
6243TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
6244"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
62452-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
6246each of which has a special meaning :
6247
6248 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
6249 session to terminate :
6250
6251 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
6252
6253 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
6254 server explicitly refused it.
6255
6256 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
6257 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
6258 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
6259 error in server response which might have caused information leak
6260 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
6261 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
6262
6263 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
6264 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
6265 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
6266 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
6267 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
6268
6269 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
6270 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
6271 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
6272 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
6273 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
6274
6275 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
6276 send or receive data.
6277
6278 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
6279 send or receive data.
6280
6281 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
6282 with nothing left in the buffers.
6283
6284 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
6285
6286 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
6287 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
6288
6289 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
6290 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
6291 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
6292 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
6293 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
6294
6295 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
6296 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
6297
6298 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
6299 server (HTTP only).
6300
6301 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
6302
6303 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
6304 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
6305 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
6306
6307 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
6308 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
6309 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
6310
6311 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
6312
6313 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
6314 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
6315
6316 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
6317 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
6318 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
6319
6320 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
6321 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
6322 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
6323
6324 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
6325 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
6326 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
6327 another server.
6328
6329 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
6330 server.
6331
6332 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6333
6334 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
6335 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
6336
6337 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
6338
6339 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
6340 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
6341 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
6342
6343 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
6344
6345 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
6346 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
6347
6348 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
6349
6350 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6351
6352The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
6353happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
6354helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
6355starvation, attacks, etc...
6356
6357The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
6358alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
6359easier finding and understanding.
6360
6361 Flags Reason
6362
6363 -- Normal termination.
6364
6365 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
6366 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
6367 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
6368 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
6369
6370 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
6371 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
6372 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
6373 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
6374 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
6375 by the client.
6376
6377 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6378 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
6379 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
6380
6381 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
6382 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
6383 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
6384
6385 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
6386 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
6387 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
6388 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
6389 the server takes too long to respond.
6390
6391 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
6392 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
6393 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
6394 long a time to respond.
6395
6396 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
6397 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
6398 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
6399 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
6400 and the client.
6401
6402 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
6403 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
6404 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
6405 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
6406 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
6407 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
6408
6409 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
6410 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006411 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
6412 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
6413 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
6414 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006415
6416 SC The server or an equipement between it and haproxy explicitly refused
6417 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
6418 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
6419 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
6420 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
6421 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
6422
6423 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
6424 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
6425 503 or 504 here.
6426
6427 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
6428 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
6429 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
6430 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
6431 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
6432
6433 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6434 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
6435 by too short timeouts on L4 equipements before the server (firewalls,
6436 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
6437 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
6438
6439 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
6440 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
6441 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
6442 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
6443 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
6444 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
6445 between haproxy and the server.
6446
6447 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
6448 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
6449 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
6450 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
6451 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
6452 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
6453 solution is to fix the application.
6454
6455 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
6456 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
6457 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
6458 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
6459 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
6460 external attacks.
6461
6462 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
6463 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
6464 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
6465 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
6466 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
6467
6468 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
6469 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
6470 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
6471 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
6472 containing unauthorized characters.
6473
6474 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
6475 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
6476 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
6477 returned an HTTP 403 error.
6478
6479 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
6480 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
6481 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
6482 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
6483
6484 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
6485 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
6486 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
6487 only be solved by proper system tuning.
6488
6489
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020064908.6. Non-printable characters
6491-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006492
6493In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
6494consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
6495converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
6496prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
6497being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
6498escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
6499is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
6500'}' when logging headers.
6501
6502Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
6503issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
6504containing spaces is "User-Agent".
6505
6506Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
6507the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
6508performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
6509
6510
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020065118.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
6512---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006513
6514Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
6515achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006516section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006517cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
6518the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
6519the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006520locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006521not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
6522user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
6523a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
6524wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
6525
6526 Examples :
6527 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
6528 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
6529
6530 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
6531 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
6532
6533
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020065348.8. Capturing HTTP headers
6535---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006536
6537Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
6538proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
6539the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
6540server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
6541
6542Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
6543response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006544section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006545
6546It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
6547time. Non-existant headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
6548appears more than once, only its last occurence will be logged. Request headers
6549are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
6550and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
6551follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
6552request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
6553in the logs.
6554
6555 Example :
6556 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
6557 listen proxy-out
6558 mode http
6559 option httplog
6560 option logasap
6561 log global
6562 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
6563
6564 # log the name of the virtual server
6565 capture request header Host len 20
6566
6567 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
6568 capture request header Content-Length len 10
6569
6570 # log the beginning of the referrer
6571 capture request header Referer len 20
6572
6573 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
6574 capture response header Server len 20
6575
6576 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
6577 capture response header Content-Length len 10
6578
6579 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
6580 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
6581
6582 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
6583 capture response header Via len 20
6584
6585 # log the URL location during a redirection
6586 capture response header Location len 20
6587
6588 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
6589 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
6590 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6591 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
6592 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
6593
6594 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6595 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6596 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6597 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
6598 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
6599
6600 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6601 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6602 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6603 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
6604 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
6605 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
6606
6607
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066088.9. Examples of logs
6609---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006610
6611These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
6612them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
6613reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
6614
6615 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
6616 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6617 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6618
6619 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
6620 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
6621
6622 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
6623 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
6624 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6625
6626 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
6627 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
6628
6629 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
6630 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6631 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
6632
6633 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
6634 the log was produced just before transfering data. The server replied in
6635 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
6636 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
6637
6638 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
6639 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
6640 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
6641
6642 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
6643 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
6644 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
6645 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
6646 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
6647 to return the 502 and not the server.
6648
6649 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
6650 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6651
6652 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
6653 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
6654 Nothing was sent to any server.
6655
6656 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
6657 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6658
6659 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
6660 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
6661 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
6662 send a 408 return code to the client.
6663
6664 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
6665 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
6666
6667 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
6668 5 seconds ("c----").
6669
6670 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
6671 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
6672 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6673
6674 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006675 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006676 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
6677 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
6678 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
6679 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
6680 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006681
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006682
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066839. Statistics and monitoring
6684----------------------------
6685
6686It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
6687mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
6688CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
6689Unix socket.
6690
6691
66929.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006693---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006694
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006695The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
6696page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
6697
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006698 0. pxname: proxy name
6699 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
6700 for server)
6701 2. qcur: current queued requests
6702 3. qmax: max queued requests
6703 4. scur: current sessions
6704 5. smax: max sessions
6705 6. slim: sessions limit
6706 7. stot: total sessions
6707 8. bin: bytes in
6708 9. bout: bytes out
6709 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006710 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006711 12. ereq: request errors
6712 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006713 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006714 15. wretr: retries (warning)
6715 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
6716 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
6717 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
6718 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
6719 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
6720 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
6721 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
6722 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
6723 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
6724 25. qlimit: queue limit
6725 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
6726 27. iid: unique proxy id
6727 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
6728 29. throttle: warm up status
6729 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
6730 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02006731 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server, 3=socket)
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkidb57c6b2009-08-31 21:23:27 +02006732 33. rate: number of sessions per second over last elapsed second
6733 34. rate_lim: limit on new sessions per second
6734 35. rate_max: max number of new sessions per second
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02006735 36. check_status: status of last health check, one of:
6736 UNK -> unknown
6737 INI -> initializing
6738 SOCKERR -> socket error
6739 L4OK -> check passed on layer 4, no upper layers testing enabled
6740 L4TMOUT -> layer 1-4 timeout
6741 L4CON -> layer 1-4 connection problem, for example "Connection refused"
6742 (tcp rst) or "No route to host" (icmp)
6743 L6OK -> check passed on layer 6
6744 L6TOUT -> layer 6 (SSL) timeout
6745 L6RSP -> layer 6 invalid response - protocol error
6746 L7OK -> check passed on layer 7
6747 L7OKC -> check conditionally passed on layer 7, for example 404 with
6748 disable-on-404
6749 L7TOUT -> layer 7 (HTTP/SMTP) timeout
6750 L7RSP -> layer 7 invalid response - protocol error
6751 L7STS -> layer 7 response error, for example HTTP 5xx
6752 37. check_code: layer5-7 code, if available
6753 38. check_duration: time in ms took to finish last health check
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5fb18822009-10-13 21:14:09 +02006754 39. hrsp_1xx: http responces with 1xx code
6755 40. hrsp_2xx: http responces with 2xx code
6756 41. hrsp_3xx: http responces with 3xx code
6757 42. hrsp_4xx: http responces with 4xx code
6758 43. hrsp_5xx: http responces with 5xx code
6759 44. hrsp_other: http responces with other codes (protocol error)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006760
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006761
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067629.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006763-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006764
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006765The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006766must be terminated by a line feed. The socket supports pipelining, so that it
6767is possible to chain multiple commands at once provided they are delimited by
6768a semi-colon or a line feed, although the former is more reliable as it has no
6769risk of being truncated over the network. The responses themselves will each be
6770followed by an empty line, so it will be easy for an external script to match a
6771given response with a given request. By default one command line is processed
6772then the connection closes, but there is an interactive allowing multiple lines
6773to be issued one at a time.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006774
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006775It is important to understand that when multiple haproxy processes are started
6776on the same sockets, any process may pick up the request and will output its
6777own stats.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006778
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006779help
6780 Print the list of known keywords and their basic usage. The same help screen
6781 is also displayed for unknown commands.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006782
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006783prompt
6784 Toggle the prompt at the beginning of the line and enter or leave interactive
6785 mode. In interactive mode, the connection is not closed after a command
6786 completes. Instead, the prompt will appear again, indicating the user that
6787 the interpreter is waiting for a new command. The prompt consists in a right
6788 angle bracket followed by a space "> ". This mode is particularly convenient
6789 when one wants to periodically check information such as stats or errors.
6790 It is also a good idea to enter interactive mode before issuing a "help"
6791 command.
6792
6793quit
6794 Close the connection when in interactive mode.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006795
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006796show errors [<iid>]
6797 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
6798 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006799 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>. This command is restricted
6800 and can only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or
6801 "admin".
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006802
6803 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
6804 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
6805 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
6806 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
6807 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
6808 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
6809 are reported too.
6810
6811 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
6812 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
6813 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
6814 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
6815 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
6816 code.
6817
6818 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
6819 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
6820 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
6821 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
6822 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
6823 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
6824 line.
6825
6826 Example :
6827 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
6828 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
6829 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
6830 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
6831
6832 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
6833 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
6834 00038 Location: blah\r\n
6835 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
6836 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
6837 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
6838 00204+ minal\r\n
6839 00211 \r\n
6840
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006841 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006842 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
6843 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
6844 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
6845 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
6846 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
6847 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006848
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006849show info
6850 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
6851
6852show sess
6853 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006854 be huge. This command is restricted and can only be issued on sockets
6855 configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
6856
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006857
6858show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
6859 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
6860 possible to dump only selected items :
6861 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
6862 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
6863 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
6864 for example:
6865 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
6866 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
6867 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
6868
6869 Example :
6870 >>> $ echo "show info;show stat" | socat stdio unix-connect:/tmp/sock1
6871 Name: HAProxy
6872 Version: 1.4-dev2-49
6873 Release_date: 2009/09/23
6874 Nbproc: 1
6875 Process_num: 1
6876 (...)
6877
6878 # pxname,svname,qcur,qmax,scur,smax,slim,stot,bin,bout,dreq, (...)
6879 stats,FRONTEND,,,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,OPEN,,,,,,,,,1,1,0, (...)
6880 stats,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,0,0,0,,0,250,(...)
6881 (...)
6882 www1,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,1,1,0,,0,250, (...)
6883
6884 $
6885
6886 Here, two commands have been issued at once. That way it's easy to find
6887 which process the stats apply to in multi-process mode. Notice the empty
6888 line after the information output which marks the end of the first block.
6889 A similar empty line appears at the end of the second block (stats) so that
6890 the reader knows the output has not been trucated.
6891
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02006892clear counters
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02006893 Clear the max values of the statistics counters in each proxy (frontend &
6894 backend) and in each server. The cumulated counters are not affected. This
6895 can be used to get clean counters after an incident, without having to
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006896 restart nor to clear traffic counters. This command is restricted and can
6897 only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02006898
6899clear counters all
6900 Clear all statistics counters in each proxy (frontend & backend) and in each
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006901 server. This has the same effect as restarting. This command is restricted
6902 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin".
6903
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02006904get weight <backend>/<server>
6905 Report the current weight and the initial weight of server <server> in
6906 backend <backend> or an error if either doesn't exist. The initial weight is
6907 the one that appears in the configuration file. Both are normally equal
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02006908 unless the current weight has been changed. Both the backend and the server
6909 may be specified either by their name or by their numeric ID, prefixed with a
6910 dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02006911
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02006912set weight <backend>/<server> <weight>[%]
6913 Change a server's weight to the value passed in argument. If the value ends
6914 with the '%' sign, then the new weight will be relative to the initially
6915 configured weight. Relative weights are only permitted between 0 and 100%,
6916 and absolute weights are permitted between 0 and 256. Servers which are part
6917 of a farm running a static load-balancing algorithm have stricter limitations
6918 because the weight cannot change once set. Thus for these servers, the only
6919 accepted values are 0 and 100% (or 0 and the initial weight). Changes take
6920 effect immediately, though certain LB algorithms require a certain amount of
6921 requests to consider changes. A typical usage of this command is to disable
6922 a server during an update by setting its weight to zero, then to enable it
6923 again after the update by setting it back to 100%. This command is restricted
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02006924 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin". Both the
6925 backend and the server may be specified either by their name or by their
6926 numeric ID, prefixed with a dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02006927
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02006928
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006929/*
6930 * Local variables:
6931 * fill-column: 79
6932 * End:
6933 */